GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP
SB-2/A, 1999-06-02
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: ESPS INC, 8-A12G, 1999-06-02
Next: WNC HOUSING TAX CREDIT FUND VI LP SERIES 8, S-11/A, 1999-06-02





      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 1999

                                                      Registration No. 333-76169
================================================================================
                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                      PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE
                                    FORM SB-2

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                        GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP.
       (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION)


             DELAWARE                       6035               54-18773112
(State or Other Jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial  (IRS Employer
Incorporation or  Organization) Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)


 10700 PARKRIDGE BOULEVARD                    10700 PARKRIDGE BOULEVARD
 RESTON, VIRGINIA 20191                         RESTON, VIRGINIA 20191
   (703) 391-1300                                   (703) 391-1300

         (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices)
                     (Address of Principal Place of Business
                    or Intended Principal Place of Business)

                                 CARROLL E. AMOS
                 PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR
                        GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP.
                            10700 PARKRIDGE BOULEVARD
                             RESTON, VIRGINIA 20191
                                 (703) 391-1300
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                                   Copies to:
<TABLE>

  <S>                                                                   <C>
  GEORGE W. MURPHY, JR., ESQUIRE                                         NORMAN B. ANTIN, ESQUIRE
  LESLIE A. MURPHY, ESQUIRE                                              JEFFREY D. HAAS, ESQUIRE
  MULDOON, MURPHY & FAUCETTE LLP                                         ELIAS, MATZ, TIERNAN & HERRICK, L.L.P.
  5101 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W.                                            734 15TH STREET, N.W., 12TH FLOOR
  WASHINGTON, D.C. 20016                                                 WASHINGTON, D.C.  20005
  (202) 362-0840                                                         (202) 347-0300
</TABLE>

         APPROXIMATE  DATE OF PROPOSED  SALE TO PUBLIC:  As soon as  practicable
after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  Registration  Statement  number  of the  earlier
effective Registration Statement for the same offering. /___/

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  Registration   Statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  Registration
Statement for the same offering. /___/

         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  Registration   Statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  Registration
Statement for the same offering. /___/

         If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. /___/

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Title of each Class of            Amount to         Proposed Maximum         Proposed Maximum           Amount of
  Securities to be Registered       be Registered        Offering Price         Aggregate Offering      Registration Fee
                                                            Per Unit                 Price (1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                          <C>                        <C>                    <C>                     <C>
     Common Stock
     $.01 par Value               2,300,000 Shares           $10.00                 $23,000,000              $ 6,394
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT  SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME  EFFECTIVE  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  SECTION  8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933  OR  UNTIL  THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED __, 1999


                                2,000,000 SHARES
                           GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP.
                                  COMMON STOCK


         We are Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp.,  a savings and loan holding
company.  This is an initial public  offering of 2,000,000  shares of our common
stock and no public market  currently  exists for our stock.  We have applied to
have our common stock included for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol  "GAFC." The offering price is expected to be between $9.00 to $10.00
per share.

         SEE "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON PAGE 9 FOR A  DISCUSSION  OF CERTAIN
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.


         THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS AND
ARE NOT  INSURED  BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION  OR ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

         NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION  HAS  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  THESE  SECURITIES  OR PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                                UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS TO
                      PRICE TO PUBLIC             DISCOUNT           COMPANY
Per Share.............       $                       $                  $
Total.................       $                       $                  $


         In connection with this offering, the underwriter may purchase up to an
additional  300,000  shares  within 30 days from the date of this  prospectus to
cover  over-allotments.  We  expect  that the  common  stock  will be ready  for
delivery on or about _______, 1999.


                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                  INCORPORATED

                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS _________, 1999



The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell  these  securities  until the  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to  sell  these  securities  and it is not  soliciting  an  offer  to buy  these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.




<PAGE>



                                 [MAP GOES HERE]





         [THIS INSIDE COVER WILL CONTAIN  ARTWORK  DEPICTING THE LOGO OF GREATER
ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND CONTAIN A MAP OF THE WASHINGTON, D.C. AREA ON WHICH
THE LOCATIONS OF THE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY AND GREATER ATLANTIC BANK ARE LISTED
AND IDENTIFIED.]

         UNTIL ________________, 1999, ALL DEALERS THAT BUY, SELL OR TRADE THESE
SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER
A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary........................................................... 4
Risk Factors................................................................. 9
Use of Proceeds..............................................................14
Market for the Common Stock..................................................15
Dividend Policy..............................................................15
Dilution.....................................................................15
Capitalization...............................................................16
Our Business.................................................................17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.........................................19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................21
Management of the Company....................................................65
Management of the Bank.......................................................66
Regulation...................................................................66
Federal and State Taxation...................................................84
Description of Capital Stock.................................................86
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..............................................89
Underwriting.................................................................91
Legal Opinions...............................................................92
Experts......................................................................92
Where You Can Find More Information..........................................92
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements..................................F-1


                              ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

         You should only rely on the information  contained in this  prospectus.
We have not  authorized  anyone to provide you with  information  different from
that contained in this  prospectus.  We are offering to sell, and seeking offers
to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions  where offers and sales
are permitted.  The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as
of the  date of this  prospectus,  regardless  of the time of  delivery  of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

         In this  prospectus,  we frequently use the terms "we," "us," and "our"
to refer to both Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. and Greater Atlantic Bank, our
wholly owned bank subsidiary. We sometimes refer to the Greater Atlantic Bank as
the "bank." To understand the offering fully and for a more complete description
of the  offering  you should  read this  entire  document  carefully,  including
particularly the "Risk Factors" section, as well as the documents  identified in
the section called "Where You Can Find More Information."

                    CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         We make forward looking  statements in this prospectus that are subject
to risks and uncertainties.  These forward looking statements include statements
regarding  profitability,  liquidity,  allowance for loan losses,  interest rate
sensitivity,  market risk, year 2000 compliance,  and financial and other goals.
The  words  "believes,"   "expects,"   "may,"  "will,"   "should,"   "projects,"
"contemplates,"  "anticipates," "forecasts," "intends" or other similar words or
terms are intended to identify forward looking statements.

         These   forward   looking   statements   are  subject  to   significant
uncertainties because they are based upon or are affected by factors including:



                                       3
<PAGE>




         o         Continued levels of loan quality and origination volume

         o         Interest rate fluctuations and other economic conditions

         o         Competition in product offerings and product pricing

         o         Implementation of year 2000 technology  changes by us and our
                   vendors and suppliers

         o         Continued relationships with major customers

         o         Future laws and regulations

         o         Management of the company and the bank

         o         Other factors, including those matters discussed in the "Risk
                   Factors"  section  and  the   "Management's   Discussion  and
                   Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"
                   section of this prospectus

         Because  of these  uncertainties,  our  actual  future  results  may be
materially  different  from  the  results  indicated  by these  forward  looking
statements.  In addition,  our past  results of  operations  do not  necessarily
indicate our future results.


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


         Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information that
may be important to your decision to invest in our stock.  You should  carefully
read this entire prospectus,  especially the information under the caption "Risk
Factors,"  before  deciding  to  purchase  our common  stock.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the  information  in this  prospectus  assumes (i) an initial public
offering price of $9.50 per share and (ii) no exercise by the underwriter of its
over-allotment  option to  purchase  up to 300,000  additional  shares of common
stock. Effective April 12, 1999, the company's board of directors authorized and
the  stockholders  approved a two for three reverse stock split for stockholders
of  record  on April 8,  1999.  All  references  in the  consolidated  financial
statements to the number of authorized  shares,  the weighted  average number of
shares,  and the  calculation of basic and diluted  earnings per share have been
adjusted to reflect the split.



                                       4
<PAGE>





                        GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP.


         We  are a  savings  and  loan  holding  company  which  was  originally
organized in June 1997. We conduct substantially all of our business through our
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Greater Atlantic Bank, a federally-chartered  savings
bank, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation. We
offer  traditional  banking services to customers  through four Greater Atlantic
Bank  branches  located  throughout  the  greater   Washington,   D.C./Baltimore
metropolitan  area. We also  originate  mortgage loans for sale in the secondary
market through Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation.  Greater Atlantic Bank was
originally  organized in 1886 and  previously  operated as a  Maryland-chartered
thrift  institution.

         In October  1997,  an  investment  group led by William  Calomiris  and
Carroll E. Amos raised  approximately $5.9 million,  of which approximately $2.0
million was used to acquire the bank with the  balance  infused as capital  into
the bank in order to support its  operations.  At that time,  the bank had total
assets of $31.6  million and had  incurred a net loss of  $634,000  for the year
ended September 30, 1997.

         Mr. Calomiris is President of Wm. Calomiris Investment  Corporation,  a
company engaged in building,  developing and property  management.  Mr. Amos, an
independent investor and Certified Public Accountant, was employed by Washington
Federal  Savings  Bank from 1982 until 1996,  serving  first as Chief  Financial
Officer and from 1991 until 1996 as Vice Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer and
director.  Mr. Amos  subsequently  served as Vice  Chairman and Chief  Executive
Officer  of  1st  Washington  Bancorp,  Inc.,  the  holding  company  formed  by
Washington  Federal  Savings Bank,  until the  acquisition  of 1st Washington by
First Maryland Bancorp in July 1996.

         Mr. Calomiris  currently serves as our Chairman and Chairman of Greater
Atlantic Bank. Mr. Amos serves as our President and Chief Executive  Officer and
President and Chief Executive Officer of Greater Atlantic Bank.

         Messrs. Calomiris and Amos assembled a board of directors of well-known
business  and civic  leaders  with strong  ties to the bank's  market area and a
commitment  to the  growth  and  success  of the  company.  They also hired bank
personnel and loan officers with knowledge of the local market and experience in
extending  credit  to  small  and  medium-sized  businesses.  Several  of  these
individuals  had  contributed to the success,  along with Messrs.  Calomiris and
Amos, of 1st Washington Bancorp.

         When we acquired Greater Atlantic Bank, it was a small undercapitalized
problem  institution  that did not have the  financial or  managerial  resources
necessary to build a strong  community  based bank. On the other hand,  the bank
did have a strong mortgage banking operation that was well managed, although its
growth was  restricted  from a lack of capital and the problems  inherent in the



                                       5
<PAGE>




bank. We saw the opportunity to obtain an existing bank franchise with a limited
infrastructure at a relatively low price as compared to the then current market.
We believed that with the mortgage  banking  operation  and the mortgage  market
that existed at the time of  acquisition,  and that  continues  today,  we could
build a strong locally owned banking institution more economically than could be
done by establishing a de novo institution.


         After assuming control of the bank in October 1997, we:

                  o        Implemented  a  strategy  of  growing  the  bank  and
                           expanding its mortgage banking activities so that the
                           revenue from that activity would offset the operating
                           costs that are incurred at the bank level.



                  o        Opened two branch offices in Arlington,  Virginia and
                           Washington, D.C.

                  o        Increased   total   assets  from  $31.6   million  at
                           September  30,  1997 to $125.9  million  at March 31,
                           1999.

                  o        Transferred the mortgage  operations of the bank to a
                           wholly-owned subsidiary of the bank in July 1998.

                  o        Returned  the bank to  profitability  with net income
                           increasing  to  $609,000  for the  fiscal  year ended
                           September  30,  1998,  compared  to  a  net  loss  of
                           $634,000  for the  fiscal  year ended  September  30,
                           1997.

                  o        For the three six months  ended  March 31,  1999,  we
                           recognized  $422,000  in net  income  and  achieved a
                           return on average equity of 12.20%.


         Following  the  offering,  we will  continue to implement the following
growth  strategies so as to become less reliant on mortgage  banking income,  to
enhance shareholder value and to build our banking franchise:

                  o         Expand the bank's current branch network.
                  o         Expand and diversify the bank's loan products.
                  o         Increase  the amount of  transaction-based  accounts
                            through a branch sales and service culture.
                  o         Purchase   investment   securities  for  growth  and
                            profitability.
                  o         Expand the products of Greater Atlantic Mortgage.
                  o         Improve our operating efficiency.

         Our executive offices are located at 10700 Parkridge Boulevard, Reston,
Virginia 20191 and our telephone number is (703) 391-1300.


                                       6
<PAGE>


                                  THE OFFERING


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                  <C>
Common stock offered .............................   2,000,000 shares

Common stock outstanding
   after the offering.............................   2,822,434 shares.  There are also 153,019 shares of
                                                     common stock reserved for future issuance upon
                                                     exercise of outstanding options and warrants at exercise
                                                     prices ranging between $7.50 and $8.38 per share.

Estimated net proceeds to
   the company    ................................   $17,245,000, assuming an initial public offering price of
                                                     $9.50 per share, underwriting commissions of
                                                     $1,130,000 and other expenses estimated to be
                                                     $625,000.

Use of proceeds...................................   We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to
                                                     increase the capital of Greater Atlantic Bank for
                                                     possible future branch expansion and acquisitions of
                                                     other financial institutions, for working capital and for
                                                     general corporate purposes.

Proposed purchases of common stock................   Our directors, executive officers and current
                                                     shareholders intend to purchase approximately $5.0
                                                     million or approximately 526,316 shares of common
                                                     stock in the offering.  Therefore, such persons would
                                                     own in the aggregate approximately 46.43% of our
                                                     common stock (49.18% assuming exercise of
                                                     outstanding options and warrants).

Proposed Nasdaq National
 Market symbol....................................   GAFC

</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>





                       SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following Summary Consolidated  Financial Data of Greater Atlantic
Financial  Corp.  is  derived  from the  Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data
appearing  elsewhere in this prospectus,  and should be read in conjunction with
our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto,  the information
contained in  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations" and other  financial  information  included  elsewhere in
this prospectus.  Some prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with
the 1998 presentation.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        AT OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED    AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                     MARCH 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        ------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                           1999            1998           1998           1997
                                                        -----------    -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
   Net interest income................................      $   998          $   672       $ 1,448       $  1,103
   Noninterest income.................................        4,692            2,871         6,268          3,528
   Noninterest expense................................        4,987            2,894         6,637          4,778
   Net income (loss)..................................      $   422          $   342       $   609       $   (634)

PER SHARE DATA:
   Net income(loss):
     Basic............................................     $   0.52          $  0.44      $   0.77        $ (1.92)
     Diluted..........................................         0.52             0.44          0.77          (1.92)
   Book value.........................................         8.50             7.96          8.38           4.74

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
   Total assets.......................................     $125,896          $71,424      $107,342        $31,554
   Total loans receivable, net........................       31,365           19,028        25,510         18,854
   Mortgage-loans held for sale.......................        1,367           30,670        25,322          9,946
   Investment securities..............................       45,118            8,950        32,454          1,005
   Mortgage-backed securities(1)......................       32,020            8,266        18,959             --
   Total deposits ....................................      112,091           60,542        76,311         28,377
   Total stockholders' equity.........................        6,993            6,208         6,817          1,564

SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS(2):
   Return on average assets...........................         0.73%            1.81%         1.08%         (2.26)%
   Return on average equity...........................        12.20            12.58         10.28         (32.23)
   Net interest margin................................         1.80             3.81          2.68           4.18
   Efficiency ratio(3)................................        87.65            81.68         86.02         103.17
   Non-performing assets to total assets, at period end        0.16             0.89          0.30           2.75
   Leverage ratio(4)..................................         5.58%            8.05%         5.87%          6.06%
   Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(4).................        11.83            19.45         18.41           9.65
   Total risk-based capital ratio(4)..................        12.86            20.71         19.66          10.90
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(1) Consists of securities classified as available for sale and for trading.
(2) Ratios are presented on an annualized basis where appropriate.
(3) Efficiency  ratio consists of noninterest  expense divided by the sum of net
    interest income and noninterest income.

(4) Capital ratios of the bank.



                                       8
<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS


         The  following  discussion is only a summary of aspects of our business
and  operations  which involve risks.  You should read the entire  prospectus in
order to more fully understand the nature of our business and operations.

OUR RAPID GROWTH PRESENTS INCREASED RISKS.


         Since the acquisition of the bank, we have grown rapidly as a result of
our  branch  expansion  and the  acquisition  of  competitors  by  out-of-market
institutions.  In the  short-term,  we expect this rapid growth to continue.  To
date, we have not experienced  any material  problems as a result of our growth.
We believe we have the management,  data processing  systems,  internal controls
and a strong credit  culture to support  continued  rapid growth.  However,  our
growth and profitability depend on the ability of our officers and key employees
to manage our growth effectively, to attract and retain skilled employees and to
maintain adequate  internal  controls and a strong credit culture.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance  that we will be  successful in managing our expansion
and the failure to do so would  adversely  affect our  financial  condition  and
results of operations.


         One result of our rapid growth during the past two years has been a 39%
increase in noninterest  expense during fiscal 1998.  These costs are related to
increased  occupancy expenses and the increased staffing and equipment which are
necessary  to  support  our  growth.  Because  we expect  this  rapid  growth to
continue,  investors  should  expect  noninterest  expense to  continue to rise.
Continued   increases  in  noninterest   expense  could  adversely   affect  our
profitability if net interest income and noninterest income do not increase by a
corresponding amount.

         It has been our  strategy to increase the number of branches of Greater
Atlantic  Bank prior to the time that the volume of business was  sufficient  to
generate profits from branch operations.  That strategy was implemented in order
to have a branch network in place to take advantage of business opportunities as
they arose.  That strategy  anticipates  that  revenues  from  mortgage  banking
operations would offset losses from retail branch  operations until such time as
the volume of other  banking  business  reaches the levels  necessary to support
profitable branch operations.  The continued success of that strategy depends on
management's  ability  to  continue  to  generate a level of  earnings  from the
mortgage banking business to offset  increased  operating  expenses from Greater
Atlantic Bank as it pursues its growth strategy.

WE  HAVE A  LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY  FOR  YOU TO  CONSIDER  IN  MAKING  YOUR
INVESTMENT DECISION.

         Since we  acquired  Greater  Atlantic  Bank in  October  1997,  we have
focused on returning  the bank to  profitability  and  aggressively  growing the
bank's  interest-earning  assets and retail branch system. Our business strategy
is dependent upon our ability to:



                                       9
<PAGE>



                  o         increase interest-earning assets

                  o         effectively control interest rate and credit risk

                  o         reduce funding and operating costs

         Our  ability  to  maintain  profitability  as we pursue  this  business
strategy will depend upon, among other things:

                  o         maintaining  appropriate  procedures,  policies  and
                            standards with respect to our  investments  and loan
                            activities

                  o         maintaining,  augmenting and  implementing  internal
                            reporting  and  management  systems  to  accommodate
                            substantial  increases  in our  investment  and loan
                            portfolios

                  o         retaining  and  attracting  qualified  personnel  or
                            advisors

                  o         attracting additional capital

                  o         operating in  competitive,  economic and  regulatory
                            environments  that  are  conducive  to our  business
                            activities.  Changes  in our  ability  to  obtain or
                            maintain   any  or  all  of  these   factors  or  to
                            successfully  implement  our  strategy  could have a
                            material   adverse   impact   on   our   operations,
                            profitability and growth.

WE DEPEND ON KEY PERSONNEL FOR SUCCESSFUL OPERATIONS.

         We are  dependent on the continued  services of certain key  management
personnel, including Carroll E. Amos, our President and Chief Executive Officer.
We have entered into a three-year  employment  agreement with Mr. Amos effective
November 1, 1998. Our continued  growth and  profitability  will depend upon our
ability to attract  and  retain  skilled  managerial,  marketing  and  technical
personnel.  Competition  for  qualified  personnel  in the  banking  industry is
intense and there can be no assurance  that we will be  successful in attracting
and retaining such personnel.


WE RELY ON MORTGAGE BANKING INCOME WHICH CARRIES RELATED RISKS.


         We are  currently  dependent  on the  origination  and sale of loans by
Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation to sustain profitable  operations.  During
the six months  ended March 31,  1999,  income from  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage
Corporation of $1.1 million more than offset losses at Greater  Atlantic Bank of
$661,000.  Real  estate  loan  origination  activity,   including  refinancings,
generally is greater  during  periods of declining  interest rates and favorable
economic conditions,  and has been favorably affected by relatively lower market
interest  rates during recent years.  There is no assurance  that such favorable
conditions  will  continue.  To the extent  such  favorable  conditions  fail to
continue, income from Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation may not be available
to support our growth strategy.



                                       10
<PAGE>



OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND CURRENT SHAREHOLDERS OWN 822,434 SHARES OF
COMMON  STOCK WHICH ARE  ELIGIBLE  FOR FUTURE  SALE AND WHICH  COULD  IMPACT THE
MARKET FOR OUR STOCK.

         As of March 31,  1999,  there were  822,434  shares of our common stock
outstanding  which  may  not be  sold  unless  they  are  registered  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or another exemption from  registration.  An aggregate of 320,136
shares of common  stock are  beneficially  owned by our  executive  officers and
directors.  We and our executive officers and directors and beneficial owners of
2% or more of our common stock have agreed that,  for a period of 180 days after
completion of the offering,  we will not sell any shares of common stock.  There
are also 153,019  shares of common stock  reserved for future  issuance upon the
exercise of outstanding  options and warrants.  The sale of the shares  issuable
upon  exercise of the options and warrants  will also be  restricted  under Rule
144.  The sale of any  number of shares of  common  stock in the  public  market
following the offering could adversely impact the market price of the shares.


THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION.

         The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer  software  programs  only
being able to use two digits  rather  than four to define the  applicable  year.
Thus,  date-sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather  than  the  year  2000.   This  could   result  in  system   failures  or
miscalculations,  causing disruptions of operations,  including, among others, a
temporary inability to process deposit and loan transactions,  affect financings
or engage in normal business activities and could have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations and financial condition.


                                       11
<PAGE>



OUR RESIDENTIAL  CONSTRUCTION AND NONRESIDENTIAL LENDING CARRY GREATER RISK THAN
PERMANENT LOANS ON SINGLE-FAMILY HOMES.

         At March 31, 1999,  residential  construction,  commercial  real estate
(including  multi-family  residential  real  estate),  commercial  business  and
consumer loans amounted to approximately  $15.6 million or approximately  46.37%
of our total loan portfolio.  Although such loans  generally  provide for higher
interest  rates and shorter  terms than  single-family  residential  real estate
loans, such loans generally have a higher degree of credit risk and we intend to
increase  our  emphasis on  residential  construction,  commercial  real estate,
commercial  business and consumer  lending  during the next  several  years.  No
assurance  can be  given  that  we will  be  successful  in  building  up  these
portfolios to levels consistent with our business plan.


         There can be no assurance that the allowance we have  established  will
prove  sufficient  to cover  future  loan losses and future  adjustments  may be
necessary if economic conditions differ  substantially from the assumptions used
or if adverse  developments  arise with respect to  non-performing or performing
loans.  Material  additions to the  allowance  for loan losses would result in a
decrease in the bank's net income and capital.

CHANGES IN LEVELS OF INTEREST RATES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT US.


         We intend to leverage the proceeds  raised in this  offering to support
increases in deposits,  Federal Home Loan Bank  advances and reverse  repurchase
agreements which will be used to originate loans and to purchase  investment and
mortgage-backed  securities.  Management's  leverage strategy is premised on the
assumption that we will earn a positive spread on the yield generated from loans
originated and securities  purchased over the rate we pay on our borrowings.  We
expect to continue to realize income from the  differential or "spread"  between
the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning  assets, and
the  interest   paid  on  deposits,   borrowings   and  other   interest-bearing
liabilities.  That spread is affected by the  difference  between the maturities
and repricing  characteristics of interest-earnings  assets and interest-bearing
liabilities.  Loan volume and yields are  affected by market  interest  rates on
loans,  and rising  interest  rates  generally  are  associated  with fewer loan
originations.  Management expects that a substantial  portion of our assets will
continue  to be indexed to  changes  in market  interest  rates and we intend to
attract a greater  proportion of short-term  liabilities which will help address
our  interest  rate  risk.  At March 31,  1999,  we had $84.9  million in assets
maturing or repricing within one year and $97.3 million in liabilities  maturing
or repricing  within one year. The lag in  implementation  of repricing terms on
our  adjustable-rate  assets may result in a decline in net interest income in a
rising interest rate environment. There can be no assurance that our



                                       12
<PAGE>




interest rate risk will be minimized or eliminated.  Further, an increase in the
general  level of  interest  rates may  adversely  affect the ability of certain
borrowers  to  pay  the  interest  on  and   principal  of  their   obligations.
Accordingly,  changes  in levels  of  market  interest  rates  could  materially
adversely  affect our interest  rate spread,  asset  quality,  loan  origination
volume and overall financial condition and results of operations.


                                       13
<PAGE>



EFFECTIVE VOTING CONTROL WILL REMAIN WITH MANAGEMENT.

         We have  822,434  shares of common stock  outstanding  all of which are
held by our directors, executive officers and current shareholders. In addition,
options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 153,019  shares of common stock
are beneficially  owned by such persons and they intend to purchase an aggregate
of approximately $5.0 million or approximately 526,316 shares of common stock in
the  offering.  In that event,  our  directors,  executive  officers and current
shareholders of the company would own in the aggregate  approximately  46.43% of
the common stock of the company  (49.18%  assuming  the exercise of  outstanding
options and warrants).  If, following the offering,  they were to act as a group
or in concert,  they could exercise a significant  influence over the outcome of
any  stockholder  vote requiring a majority vote or in the election of directors
and could  effectively  exercise  veto power on matters  requiring a stockholder
vote with respect to certain business combinations.


OUR  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  AND  BYLAWS  CONTAIN  SUPERMAJORITY  VOTING
REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES.


         Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions designed
to help our board of  directors  deal with  attempts  to acquire  control of the
company.  Those provisions include classification of the board of directors into
three  classes  pursuant to which  directors  of each class serve for  staggered
three year  periods.  The  certificate  of  incorporation  also provides for 80%
supermajority   voting   provisions   for  the  approval  of  certain   business
combinations.  Those  provisions  do not prevent a takeover.  However,  they may
discourage a takeover  attempt not approved by our board of directors even if it
offered  stockholders a substantial  premium over the market price of our stock.
As a result,  stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction
might not have the  opportunity to do so. Such  provisions also make the removal
of our board of directors and  management  more  difficult and may serve to keep
current  management in place. In turn,  that could  adversely  affect the market
price of the common stock. We do not have a stockholders' rights plan.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS


         Our net proceeds from the sale of the 2,000,000  shares of common stock
offered hereby (after  deducting the  underwriting  discount and commissions and
estimated  expenses of the  offering) are  estimated to be  approximately  $17.2
million ($19.9 million if the underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised
in full),  based upon an estimated  initial  public  offering price of $9.50 per
share. We intend to infuse  approximately $12.9 million of the net proceeds into
the bank.  The bank intends to use the proceeds we  contribute to it to continue
its growth strategy. This increase in regulatory capital will permit the bank to
expand its branch  network,  increase its  origination  of loans and purchase of
investment and mortgage-backed  securities funded primarily through increases in
deposits, FHLB advances and reverse repurchase agreements.  We intend to use the
proceeds retained at the company level for purchasing  investment securities and
originating  construction  and commercial loans to the extent those loans exceed
the  amount  the bank can  make  under  applicable  regulations.  Pending  their
longer-term use, the net proceeds from this offering are expected to be invested
in short-term, investment grade securities.



                                       14
<PAGE>


         With  respect to future  acquisitions,  we regularly  review  potential
acquisitions.  We have no current agreements,  understandings or commitments for
any such acquisitions.

                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         We have not  previously  issued stock to the public and,  consequently,
there is no  established  market  for the  common  stock.  We have  applied  for
approval to have the common  stock  listed on Nasdaq  National  Market under the
symbol  "GAFC" upon  completion  of the  offering.  Such  approval is subject to
various conditions, including completion of the offering and the satisfaction of
applicable  listing  criteria.  We are not certain that the common stock will be
able to meet the applicable listing criteria in order to maintain the listing on
Nasdaq  or that an  active  and  liquid  trading  market  will  develop  or,  if
developed,   will  be   maintained.   A  public   market  having  the  desirable
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness,  however,  depends upon the
presence in the  marketplace  of both willing buyers and sellers of common stock
at any given time,  which is not within our control.  No assurance  can be given
that an investor  will be able to resell the common  stock after the offering at
or above the initial public offering price.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         We have never  declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock.
We  currently  anticipate  that we will retain all of our  earnings,  if any, to
finance our operations and the expansion of our business.  Therefore,  we do not
intend to pay  dividends  on our  common  stock in the  foreseeable  future.  No
assurances can be given, that any dividends will be paid or, if commenced,  will
continue to be paid.


         If we pay  dividends  in the  future,  they  will be  funded  primarily
through dividends from the bank. The bank's and our ability to pay dividends are
also subject to and limited by certain legal and  regulatory  restrictions.  For
information  concerning federal regulations which apply to the bank's ability to
make capital  distributions,  including payment of dividends to the company, see
"Federal    and    State    Taxation--Federal    Taxation--Distributions"    and
"Regulation--Federal  Savings  Institution   Regulation--Limitation  on  Capital
Distributions."


                                    DILUTION


         Purchasers  of common stock in the offering will  experience  immediate
dilution  in net  tangible  book value  (stockholders'  equity  less  intangible
assets) per share from the initial  public  offering  price.  "Net tangible book
value per share" is  determined  by dividing  the  difference  between the total
amount of tangible  assets and the total amount of  liabilities by the number of
shares of common stock  outstanding.  At March 31, 1999,  the net tangible  book
value of the common stock was $8.50 per share.  After giving  effect to the sale
of  2,000,000  shares of common stock at an estimated  initial  public  offering
price of $9.50 per share (the median of the  estimated  initial  offering  price
range) and to the payment of estimated  offering  expenses of $1,755,000 the pro
forma  tangible  book value per share at March 31,  1999 would have been  $8.59.
This would  represent an immediate  increase in tangible book value of $0.09 per
share to existing  shareholders  and an immediate  dilution to new  investors of
$0.91 per share.



                                       15
<PAGE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION


         The following  table sets forth our  capitalization  at March 31, 1999,
and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of  2,000,000  shares of common stock
offered  hereby,  less the  underwriting  discount and commissions and estimated
expenses.   You  should  read  this  table  in  conjunction  with  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  thereto  included  in this
prospectus.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------
                                                                          ACTUAL                    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                      --------------                ---------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                          <C>                          <C>
Stockholders' equity
Common Stock, $.01 par value:                                             $     8                      $      28
   10,000,000 shares authorized;
   822,434 shares outstanding;
   2,822,434 shares outstanding as adjusted......................

Additional paid-in capital.......................................           6,168                          _____

Retained earnings................................................           1,031                          1,031

Accumulated other comprehensive income...........................            (214)                          (214)
                                                                         ---------                     ----------

Total stockholders' equity.......................................          $6,993                      $
                                                                           ======                      ==========

Net book value per share.........................................          $ 8.50                      $
                                                                           ======                      ==========

</TABLE>

- --------------------

(1)  If the  underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised in full,  common
     stock,  additional paid-in capital and total stockholders'  equity would be
     $______,  $_____  million  and  $_____  million,  respectively.  This table
     excludes  approximately  153,019  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon
     exercise of  outstanding  options and warrants at average  exercise  prices
     ranging from $7.50 to $8.38 per share.



                                       16
<PAGE>


                                  OUR BUSINESS

         We are a community-oriented institution offering a variety of financial
products and services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. Our lending
and deposit  gathering  activities are concentrated in our primary market of the
greater Washington,  D.C./Baltimore  metropolitan area. We conduct business from
our home office at 11834 Rockville Pike in Rockville, Maryland and through three
full-service  branch  offices in  Pasadena,  Maryland,  Arlington,  Virginia and
Washington, D.C. All of our offices are located within a radius of approximately
35 miles of Washington, D.C.

         As an independent community bank, we are engaged in the general banking
business  with  particular  emphasis  on the  needs  of  individuals  and  small
businesses.  We emphasize  personal  attention and  professional  service to our
customers while  delivering a wide range of traditional  financial  products and
services.  We believe that  individuals and small  businesses in our market area
are  underserved  by the larger  out-of-state  banking  institutions  which have
acquired  local  institutions.  Those  acquisitions  have  provided  us with the
opportunity to attract both  displaced  customers who are  unsatisfied  with the
level  of  service  at  larger  institutions,  as  well as  experienced  banking
professionals,  who have strong  knowledge of our primary market and a desire to
continue their careers in banking. To this end, we provide customers with direct
access to local bank officers who are empowered to act with  flexibility to meet
customers'   unique  needs  in  order  to  foster  long-term  loan  and  deposit
relationships.

GROWTH STRATEGY

         Since assuming control of the bank in October 1997, we have implemented
a strategy of growing the bank by leveraging  the existing net worth through the
purchase of investment and  mortgage-backed  securities until loan growth at the
bank level could supplant such activity. We have moved rapidly to build a branch
network in our market area and have opened two new branch  offices in 1998.  The
bank also has expanded its mortgage banking  activities so that the revenue from
that  activity  would offset the  operating  costs that are incurred at the bank
level to effect our growth strategy.

         Following  the  offering,  we will  continue to implement the following
growth  strategies so as to become less reliant on mortgage  banking income,  to
enhance shareholder value and to build our banking franchise:


         o        Expand the bank's branch network to accelerate  retail deposit
                  growth.  We intend to open six branches in established  office
                  facilities  by June 2001 and  acquire  small  institutions  or
                  branches which present  opportunities  to enhance the existing
                  franchise.


         o        Expand  and  diversify  loan  products  while   maintaining  a
                  community focus with personal attention. We intend to increase
                  our  emphasis on  residential  construction,  commercial  real
                  estate, consumer and commercial business lending.

         o        Increase  the  amount  of  transaction-based  accounts  in our
                  deposit portfolio through the  implementation of our community
                  banking  strategy.  We intend to continue to offer competitive
                  rates and lower fee  transaction  products in order to attract
                  customers from larger  depository  institutions  and lower our
                  overall cost of funds.

         o        Continue our strategy of leveraging  our existing net worth by
                  investing in securities to support growth and profitability.


                                       17
<PAGE>





         o        Develop  niche  products  and  services  for Greater  Atlantic
                  Mortgage  Corporation.  For example,  in an attempt to further
                  diversify  its product  mix,  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage  has
                  recently started  originating  pre-sold,  high  loan-to-value,
                  home equity  loans and lines of credit and small  multi-family
                  residential loans.


         o        Improve our operating  efficiency  by taking  advantage of our
                  prior investment in management and  infrastructure  to further
                  implement our growth strategy.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

         Lending Activities.  Our lending strategy is to maintain a conservative
and diverse loan mix  consisting of  residential  mortgage  loans,  multi-family
residential  and  commercial  real estate loans,  construction  and  development
loans,  commercial business loans and consumer loans.  Although  historically we
have focused on the  origination  of  single-family  residential  loans,  in the
future  management  expects to  increase  its  emphasis  on the  origination  of
residential construction,  multi-family, residential and commercial real estate,
commercial  business  and  consumer  loans.  As a result  of the  offering,  our
loans-to-one  borrower  limit is  expected  to  increase  which will allow us to
compete  for  and  originate  larger  residential   construction,   multi-family
residential and commercial  real estate loans. In addition,  we are training and
incentivizing our employees to market commercial  business and consumer loans to
customers in our branch offices.


         Mortgage Banking Activities. Along with our community banking focus, we
have expanded the operations of Greater Atlantic  Mortgage in order to diversify
our revenue  stream and support our  growth.  The  strategy of Greater  Atlantic
Mortgage is to originate  profitable  niche mortgage  products,  such as Federal
Housing  Administration  ("FHA") streamline  refinancings and the origination of
loans  on   condominiums  in  connection  with  the  conversion  of  cooperative
apartments  to  condominiums.  Currently,  the  operations  of Greater  Atlantic
Mortgage employ  approximately  60 persons in Tysons Corner,  Virginia.  For the
fiscal year ended  September 30, 1998,  and the six months ended March 31, 1999,
Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage  originated  $252.6  million  and $186.5  million of
single-family residential loans,  respectively,  the majority of which consisted
of  loans   insured  by  the  FHA  or  partially   guaranteed  by  the  Veterans
Administration ("VA") which were pre-sold in the secondary market with servicing
released.


         Investing  Activities.  We purchase  mortgage-backed  securities,  U.S.
government and  agency-sponsored  securities  and other fixed income  securities
which are funded through advances from the FHLB of Atlanta or other  borrowings.
The primary goals of this strategy are to increase net interest  income,  return
on  average  equity  and  earnings  per  share.   We  administer  this  strategy
pro-actively, analyzing risk and reward relationships in different interest rate
environments  based  on the  composition  of our  investment  portfolio  and its
overall interest rate risk position.

         Deposit  Products.  We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range
of interest rates and terms. The bank's deposit products include checking, money
market,   savings,  NOW,  certificates  of  deposit  and  individual  retirement
accounts.  Historically,  due to its organization as a savings institution,  the
bank has relied on certificates  of deposit as its primary  funding source.  The
company  intends to implement a program to offer customers a choice of different
types  of  checking  accounts  which  traditionally  cost  the  bank  less  than
certificates of deposit.


                                       18
<PAGE>


                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


         You should read the following Selected  Consolidated  Financial Data in
conjunction  with our Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto,
the information contained in "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations"  and other financial  information  included
elsewhere in this prospectus.  The selected  historical  consolidated  financial
data as of and for each of the two years  ended  September  30, 1998 are derived
from our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  which  have been  audited  by BDO
Seidman,  LLP,  independent  accountants.  Certain  prior year amounts have been
reclassified to conform with the 1998  presentation.  Effective October 1, 1997,
we acquired the bank and  contributed  $3.9  million in equity to the bank.  The
acquisition  was  accounted  for as a  purchase.  Accordingly,  the  assets  and
liabilities  were revalued and $700,000 of goodwill was  recorded.  The selected
historical  consolidated financial data as of and for the six months ended March
31,  1999 and 1998 have not been  audited  but,  in the  opinion of  management,
contain  all  adjustments  (consisting  only of  normal  recurring  adjustments)
necessary  for a fair  statement  of the results for the  interim  periods.  The
results  of  operations  for  the  six  months  ended  March  31,  1999  are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the
year ended September 30, 1999, or for any future periods.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   AT OR FOR                     AT OR FOR
                                                             THE SIX MONTHS ENDED             THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                   MARCH 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                              1999           1998           1998           1997
                                                          ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
   Interest income......................................        $3,790         $1,454         $4,011         $2,394
   Interest expense.....................................         2,792            782          2,563          1,291
                                                                ------         ------         ------         ------
      Net interest income...............................           998            672          1,448          1,103
   Provision for loan losses............................            23             95            159            487
                                                                ------        -------        -------         ------
      Net interest income after provision
         for loan losses................................           975            577          1,289            616
   Noninterest income...................................         4,692          2,871          6,268          3,528
   Noninterest expense..................................         4,987          2,894          6,637          4,778
                                                                ------         ------         ------         ------
       Income(loss) before taxes........................           680            554            920           (634)
   Income tax provision.................................           258            212            311             --
                                                               -------        -------         ------       --------
   Net income (loss)....................................         $ 422          $ 342          $ 609         $ (634)
                                                                 =====          =====          =====         =======
PER SHARE DATA:
   Net income (loss):
      Basic.............................................         $0.52          $0.44          $0.77         $(1.92)
      Diluted...........................................          0.52           0.44           0.77          (1.92)
   Book value...........................................          8.50           7.96           8.38           4.74
   Tangible book value..................................          8.50           7.41           8.38           4.74
   Weighted average shares outstanding:
     Basic..............................................       817,264        780,005        787,075        330,000
     Diluted............................................       819,014        780,005        787,075        330,000

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL
  CONDITION DATA:
   Total assets.........................................      $125,896        $71,424       $107,342        $31,554
   Total loans receivable, net..........................        31,365         19,028         25,510         18,854
   Allowance for loan losses............................           610            700            578            776
   Mortgage-loans held for sale.........................         1,367         30,670         25,322          9,946
   Investment securities (1) ...........................        45,118          8,950         32,454          1,005
   Mortgage-backed securities(1)........................        32,020          8,266         18,959             --
   Total deposits.......................................       112,091         60,542         76,311         28,377
   FHLB advances........................................         5,000             --         22,000          1,250
   Total stockholders' equity...........................         6,993          6,208          6,817          1,564
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   AT OR FOR                     AT OR FOR
                                                             THE SIX MONTHS ENDED             THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                   MARCH 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                              1999           1998           1998           1997
                                                          ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL
  CONDITION DATA:
   Total assets.........................................      $115,738        $37,766        $56,406        $28,075
   Investment securities(1).............................        39,243          5,910         15,300          2,154
   Mortgage-backed securities(1)........................        27,155          2,822          8,337             --
   Total loans..........................................        44,484         26,515         30,373         25,248
   Allowance for loan losses............................          (617)          (538)          (574)          (408)
   Total deposits.......................................        90,958         26,068         39,915         21,334
   Total stockholders' equity...........................         6,920          5,437          5,922          1,967

SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS(2):
   Return on average assets.............................          0.73%          1.81%          1.08%         (2.26)%
   Return on average equity.............................         12.20          12.58          10.28         (32.23)
   Net interest margin..................................          1.80           3.81           2.68           4.18
   Efficiency ratio(3)..................................         87.65          81.68          86.02         103.17
   Equity to assets, at period end......................          5.55           8.69           6.35           4.96

ASSET QUALITY DATA:
   Non-performing assets to total assets,
     at period end......................................          0.16%          0.89%          0.30%          2.75%
   Non-performing loans to total loans, at period
     end................................................          0.04           1.67           0.81           2.95
   Net charge-offs to average total loans...............         (0.02)          0.64           1.18           0.58
   Allowance for loan losses to:
      Total loans.......................................          1.82           3.14           2.03           3.44
      Non-performing loans..............................      5,083.33         188.17         251.30         116.69

   Non-performing loans.................................          $ 12           $372           $230           $665
   Non-performing assets................................           204            638            320            867
   Allowance for loan losses............................           610            700            578            776

CAPITAL RATIOS OF THE BANK:
   Leverage ratio.......................................          5.58%          8.05%          5.87%          6.06%
   Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio......................         11.83          19.45          18.41           9.65
   Total risk-based capital ratio.......................         12.86          20.71          19.66          10.90

</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(1) Consists of securities classified as available for sale and for trading.
(2) Ratios are presented on an annualized basis where appropriate.
(3) Efficiency  ratio consists of  noninterest  expense  divided by net interest
    income and noninterest income.


                                       20
<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


         The following  discussion  of our results of  operations  and financial
condition  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and related notes and other statistical  information  included in the
tables   accompanying  the  discussion  and  appearing   elsewhere  within  this
prospectus.  Results  reflect our  operations for the six months ended March 31,
1999 and March 31, 1998 and for the years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997.

             COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                     ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND MARCH 31, 1998

         Net  Income.  Net  income  for the six  months  ended  March 31,  1999,
amounted to  $422,000  or $0.52 per share  compared to net income of $342,000 or
$0.44 per share for the six months ended March 31, 1998. The $80,000 increase in
net income  over the  comparable  period one year ago was due to an  increase in
income  from  mortgage-banking  activities,  offset  in part by an  increase  in
noninterest expense.  The increased  noninterest expense reflects our continuing
expansion and growth, including substantially increased compensation,  occupancy
and promotional expenses.


         Net  Interest  Income.  An  important  source  of our  earnings  is net
interest   income,   which  is  the   difference   between   income   earned  on
interest-earning    assets,   such   as   loans,   investment   securities   and
mortgage-backed  securities,  and interest paid on  interest-bearing  sources of
funds such as  deposits  and  borrowings.  The level of net  interest  income is
determined primarily by the relative average balances of interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities in combination with the yields earned and rates
paid upon them.  The  correlation  between the  repricing  of interest  rates on
assets and on liabilities also influences net interest income.

         The following table presents a comparison of the components of interest
income and expense and net interest income.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               MARCH 31,                       DIFFERENCE
                                                     ------------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                          1999             1998          AMOUNT             %
                                                     --------------    ------------   ------------    -------------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>            <C>               <C>
Interest income:
   Loans..........................................          $ 1,868          $1,188         $  680            57.24%
   Investments....................................            1,922             266          1,656           622.56
                                                           --------         -------       --------
     Total........................................            3,790           1,454          2,336           160.66
                                                           --------          ------       --------


Interest expense:
   Deposits.......................................            2,423             684          1,739           254.24
   Borrowings.....................................              369              98            271           276.53
                                                            -------         -------      ---------
     Total........................................            2,792             782          2,010           257.03
                                                            -------          ------       --------
Net interest income...............................          $   998           $ 672       $    326            48.51%
                                                            =======           =====       ========            =====
</TABLE>


                                       21
<PAGE>






         Our growth in net  interest  income for the six months  ended March 31,
1999 was due  primarily  to the  increase  in  average  interest-earning  assets
resulting from our planned  growth.  Although  average  interest-earning  assets
increased  $75.6 million or 214.59% over the comparable  period  one-year ago, a
decline in the net  interest  margin  (net  interest  income  divided by average
interest-earning  assets)  of 201  basis  points  limited  the  increase  in net
interest income.  The decline in net interest margin resulted from a significant
increase in  investments  at a yield lower than could have been  obtained if the
funds had been invested in loans.

         Interest  income for the six months ended March 31, 1999 increased $2.3
million  from the six months  ended March 31, 1998  primarily  as a result of an
increase in the average outstanding balances in loans, investment securities and
mortgage-backed   securities   resulting  in  large  measure  from  the  planned
leveraging of our capital. The increase in interest income on the loan portfolio
for the six months ended March 31, 1999  compared to interest  income earned for
the 1998  period  resulted  from an  increase  of $18.0  million in the  average
balance of loans  outstanding.  This  increase  was coupled  with an increase in
interest income from the investment and mortgage-backed  securities  portfolios,
due to an increase of $57.7 million in the average outstanding  balance,  offset
in  part by a 30  basis  point  decrease  in the  average  yield  earned  on the
portfolio.

         The increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds for the
six months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the 1998 period was  principally the
result of a significant  increase in the average  outstanding  balances in total
deposits and borrowed  funds,  offset in part by a 4 basis point decrease in the
average  cost of funds.  The  increase  in  interest  expense  on  deposits  was
primarily  due to an  increase  in  average  certificates  of  deposit  of $55.3
million, or 248.54%,  from $22.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 1998
to $77.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 1999, offset in part by a 13
basis  point  decrease  in the  average  rate paid from 5.59% for the six months
ended  March 31,  1998 to 5.46% for the six months  ended  March 31,  1999.  The
average rate we paid for deposits  increased from 5.25% for the six months ended
March 31, 1998 to 5.33% for the six months ended March 31, 1999.  That  increase
in rate was coupled with an increase of $64.9 million in the average outstanding
balance of deposits.



         Comparative   Average  Balances  and  Interest  Income  Analysis.   The
following table presents the total dollar amount of interest income from average
interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant  yields,  as  well as the  interest
expense on average interest-bearing  liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and
annualized  rates.  No  tax-equivalent  adjustments  were  made and all  average
balances are average daily balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in the
tables as loans carrying a zero yield.


                                       22
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1999                            1998
                                                      -------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                                  INTEREST   AVERAGE              INTEREST  AVERAGE
                                                       AVERAGE    INCOME/     YIELD/    AVERAGE   INCOME/   YIELD/
                                                       BALANCE    EXPENSE      RATE     BALANCE   EXPENSE    RATE
                                                      ----------  --------   --------   --------  -------  --------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>          <C>     <C>       <C>         <C>
ASSETS:                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Interest-earning assets:
   Real estate loans...............................      $39,597    $1,675       8.46%   $25,157   $1,129      8.98%
   Consumer loans..................................        2,179        84       7.71        742       34      9.16
   Commercial business loans.......................        2,708       109       8.05         616      25      8.12
                                                        --------    ------              ---------  ------
      Total loans..................................       44,484     1,868       8.40     26,515    1,188      8.96

Investment securities..............................       39,243     1,156       5.89      5,910      192      6.50
Mortgage-backed securities.........................       27,155       766       5.64      2,822       74      5.24
                                                         -------    ------              --------  -------

      Total interest-earning assets................      110,882     3,790       6.84     35,247    1,454      8.25
                                                                     -----       ----               -----      ----

Non-earning assets.................................        4,856                           2,519
                                                           -----                        --------
    Total assets...................................     $115,738                         $37,766
                                                        ========                         =======

Liabilities and Stockholders'
   Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Savings accounts................................         $804       $13       3.23%      $767      $13      3.39%
   Now and money market
      accounts.....................................       12,569       293       4.66      3,041       49      3.22
   Certificates of deposit.........................       77,585     2,117       5.46     22,260      622      5.59
                                                       ---------    ------                ------     ----
      Total deposits...............................       90,958     2,423       5.33     26,068      684      5.25

   FHLB advances...................................       13,665       325       4.76      2,455       70      5.70
   Other borrowings................................        1,549        44       5.68        993       28      5.64
                                                      ----------   -------              --------    -----
    Total interest-bearing
         liabilities...............................      106,172     2,792       5.26     29,516      782      5.30
                                                                    ------                           ----

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits..............        1,409                           1,888
  Other liabilities................................        1,237                              925
                                                      ----------                        ---------
    Total liabilities..............................      108,818                          32,329
Stockholders' equity...............................        6,920                           5,437
                                                      ----------                        --------
    Total liabilities and
         stockholders' equity......................     $115,738                         $37,766
                                                        ========                         =======

Net interest income................................                   $998                           $672
                                                                      ====                           ====
Interest rate spread...............................                              1.58%                         2.95%
                                                                                 ====                          ====
Net interest margin................................                              1.80%                         3.81%
                                                                                 ====                          ====
</TABLE>



                                       23
<PAGE>


         Rate/Volume Analysis.  The following table presents certain information
regarding  changes in  interest  income and  interest  expense  attributable  to
changes in interest rates and changes in volume of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities for the periods indicated.  The change in interest
attributable  to both rate and volume has been  allocated to the changes in rate
and volume on a pro rata basis.




                            SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                  1999 VS. 1998
                          ------------------------------
                              CHANGE ATTRIBUTABLE TO
                          ------------------------------
                           VOLUME     RATE      TOTAL
                          --------- --------  ----------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS)

Real estate loans.........  $   648  $  (102)    $   546
Consumer loans............       66      (16)         50
Commercial business
  loans...................       85       (1)         84
                           --------    -------  --------
      Total loans.........      799     (119)        680
Investments...............    1,083     (119)        964
Mortgage-backed
   securities.............      638       54         692
                           --------    -----    --------
Total interest-earning
   assets.................   $2,520    $(184)     $2,336
                             ======    ======     ======

Savings accounts..........    $   1     $ (1)      $  --
Now and money market
   accounts...............      154       90         244
Certificates of deposit...    1,546      (51)      1,495
                             ------   -------     ------
  Total deposits..........    1,701       38       1,739
FHLB advances.............      319      (64)        255
Other borrowings..........       16       --          16
                              -----     ----       -----
Total interest-bearing
   liabilities............   $2,036   $  (26)     $2,010
                             ======   =======     ======
Change in net interest       $  484    $(158)     $  326
   income.................   ======    =====      ======



         Provision  for Loan Losses.  The  allowance  for loan losses,  which is
established  through  provisions for losses charged to expense,  is increased by
recoveries  on loans  previously  charged off and is reduced by  charge-offs  on
loans.  Determining the proper reserve level or allowance involves  management's
judgment based upon a review of factors, including the company's internal review
process  which  segments  the loan  portfolio  into groups based on various risk
factors including the types of loans and asset classifications.  Each segment is
then  assigned  a  reserve  percentage  based  upon the  perceived  risk in that
segment.  Although  management  utilizes  its best  judgment  in  providing  for
probable  losses,  there can be no  assurance  that the company will not have to
increase its  provisions for loan losses in the future as a result of an adverse
market for real  estate  and  economic  conditions  generally  in the  company's
primary  market area,  future  increases in  non-performing  assets or for other
reasons which would adversely affect the company's results of operations.


                                       24
<PAGE>


         The provision  for loan losses  decreased  from $95,000  during the six
months  ended  March 31, 1998 to $23,000  during the six months  ended March 31,
1999.  The reduction in the provision is directly  related to an  improvement in
credit  quality over that time period  coupled with a decline in  non-performing
loans. Net charge-offs decreased from $171,000 during the six months ended March
31, 1998 to a recovery of $9,000  during the six months  ended March 31, 1999 as
overall asset quality improved as new management took a more aggressive  posture
in assessing collectability of classified loans.


         Noninterest  Income.  The following  table presents a comparison of the
components of noninterest income.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               MARCH 31,                         DIFFERENCE
                                                    --------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                         1999              1998            AMOUNT            %
                                                    --------------     -------------    -------------   ------------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>
Noninterest income:
   Gain on sale of loans............................   $4,396            $2,609           $1,787             68.49%
   Service fees on loans............................      260               207               53             25.60
   Service fees on deposits.........................       22                11               11            100.00
   Other operating income...........................       14                44              (30)           (68.18)
                                                     --------         ---------        ---------
      Total noninterest income......................   $4,692            $2,871           $1,821             63.43%
                                                       ======            ======           ======             =====
</TABLE>



         Noninterest  income  increased  during the six months  ended  March 31,
1999,  over the  comparable  period  one year ago  primarily  as a result of the
increase in gain on sale of loans  coupled  with an increase in service  fees on
loans,  both of which related to an increased  volume of loan  originations  and
sales as a result of the company's mortgage banking activities.  The significant
level of gains  during the six months  ended  March 31, 1999  resulted  from the
company taking  advantage of record loan  origination  volumes coupled with home
loan  refinancing and a declining  interest rate  environment  which enabled the
company to sell loans through Greater Atlantic Mortgage at a gain.

         During the six months  ended March 31,  1999,  the  company  originated
$205.3 million in mortgage loans compared with $138.9 million  originated in the
comparable  period one year ago. The $66.4 million increase in loan originations
was largely  attributable to decreases in interest rates and an increase in home
mortgage refinancing. During the period, substantially all loans originated were
sold in the secondary market, in most cases with servicing released.  Loan sales
for the six months ended March 31, 1999 amounted to $210.5  million  compared to
sales of $109.7  million  during the  comparable  period one year ago.  Sales of
loans  resulted  in gains of $4.4  million  and $2.6  million for the six months
ended  March 31,  1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The  ability of the  company to
generate  gains from the sale of loans should  continue in the future;  however,
the level of future  gains will depend upon the dollar  amount of loans sold and
economic conditions.



                                       25
<PAGE>

         Noninterest  Expense.  The following table presents a comparison of the
components of noninterest expense.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 MARCH 31,                   DIFFERENCE
                                                        ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                             1999          1998         AMOUNT           %
                                                        --------------  -----------  ------------- -------------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>            <C>               <C>
Noninterest expense:
   Compensation and employee benefits...............            $2,937       $1,656         $1,281            77.36%
   Occupancy........................................               450          193            257           133.16
   Professional services............................               104           68             36            52.94
   Advertising......................................               247          199             48            24.12
   Deposit insurance premium........................                31           55            (24)          (43.64)
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment................               211           88            123           139.77
   Data processing..................................                62           77            (15)          (19.48)
   Loss from foreclosed real estate.................                 5           19            (14)          (73.68)
   Other operating expense..........................               940          539            401            74.40
                                                                ------       ------         ------
     Total noninterest expense......................            $4,987       $2,894         $2,093            72.32%
                                                                ======       ======         ======            =====
</TABLE>




         Compensation and employee benefits increased from the comparable period
one year ago mainly  because of increased  staffing in the branch  network,  the
hiring of additional administrative staff and an increase in commissions to loan
officers due to increased loan production and the related  employee benefit cost
associated with the increase in compensation.  Net occupancy  expenses increased
from the  1998  six  month  period  to the  comparable  1999  period  due to the
development of the branch network which  increased from two branches as of March
31, 1998 to four  branches as of March 31, 1999, as well as the  acquisition  of
additional  administrative space to handle the current and planned growth of the
bank and Greater Atlantic Mortgage. The increase in advertising expense from the
six months ended March 31, 1998 to the six months ended March 31, 1999  reflects
the  company's  increased  marketing  efforts  relating to both deposit and loan
products.  Other operating  expenses increased in the six months ended March 31,
1999  from  the  comparable  period  one  year ago  primarily  due to the  costs
associated  with  the  branch  expansion   program  and  the  increase  in  loan
originations and sales related to the company's mortgage-banking activities.

         Income  Taxes.  The company  files a  consolidated  federal  income tax
return with its subsidiaries and computes its income tax provision or benefit on
a  consolidated  basis.  The income tax provision for the six months ended March
31, 1999  amounted to $258,000  compared to a provision  of $212,000 for the six
months ended March 31, 1998.

         We  recorded  a  deferred  tax asset of  $679,000,  net of a  valuation
allowance of $548,000 at March 31,  1999.  Based on past  operating  performance
under  current  management,  we believe that it is more likely than not that the
net asset recorded will be realized.



                                       26
<PAGE>


         At March 31, 1999, the company had net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $1.7 million which are available to
offset future federal taxable income,  if any,  through 2011. As a result of the
change in ownership of the bank, the amount of any tax loss  carryforward  usage
is restricted to an annual limitation of approximately $114,000.  During the six
months ended March 31, 1999, the company's  estimated  effective income tax rate
is 38%, which was calculated based on the best information currently available.

                      FINANCIAL CONDITION AT MARCH 31, 1999

GENERAL


         At March 31, 1999 the  company's  total  assets  were  $125.9  million,
compared to $107.3 million held at September 30, 1998,  representing an increase
of 17.33%. Both the bank's overall asset size and customer base increased during
the  period and that  growth is  reflected  in the  consolidated  statements  of
financial condition and statements of operations. Stockholders' equity increased
by $176,000  during the six months ended March 31, 1999.  The increase  reflects
the $422,000 of net income  recognized during the six month period plus the sale
of $75,000 of stock,  and was  partially  offset by an  increase  of $322,000 in
unrealized losses on securities classified as available for sale.


LENDING ACTIVITIES


         General.  Net loans receivable at March 31, 1999 were $31.4 million, an
increase of $5.9 million or 23.14% from the $25.5  million held at September 30,
1998. The increase in loans consisted  primarily of real estate loans secured by
first mortgages on residential  properties and consumer and commercial  lines of
credit secured by mortgages on residential  and  commercial  real estate.  Loans
held for sale  amounted  to $1.4  million at March 31,  1999  compared  to $25.3
million at  September  30, 1998,  a decrease of $23.9  million.  The decrease in
loans held for sale reflects the fact that $33.2 million of the $34.3 million of
loans originated for sale during March 1999 were disbursed after March 31, 1999.
During the six months ended March 31, 1999,  the  origination  of  single-family
residential  loans for the bank's  portfolio  decreased while the origination of
consumer loans and commercial  loans was emphasized  resulting in an increase in
the aggregate of loans originated for the bank's portfolio.



                                       27
<PAGE>
         The following table sets forth the bank's loan originations,  sales and
principal repayments for the periods indicated:


                                                       FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                             ENDED
                                                           MARCH 31,
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       1999          1998
                                                   ------------   -----------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)

Total loans at beginning of period (1)..........       $ 53,606      $ 32,520
                                                       --------      --------

Originations of loans for investment:
   Single-family residential(2).................          1,482           445
   Multi-family residential.....................             --            --
   Commercial real estate.......................          1,649            --
   Construction.................................          3,507         5,915
   Land loans...................................            277           369
   Second trust.................................            277           413
   Commercial business..........................          7,317         1,369
   Consumer.....................................          4,229             3
                                                       --------      --------

      Total originations for investment.........         18,738         8,514

Loans originated for resale by Greater
   Atlantic Mortgage............................        186,528       130,383
                                                       --------      --------

Total originations..............................        205,266       138,897

Repayments......................................        (13,614)       (8,363)
Sale of loans originated for resale by
   Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation........       (210,483)     (109,659)
                                                       --------      --------

Net activity in loans...........................        (18,831)       20,875
                                                       --------      --------

Total loans at end of period....................       $ 34,775      $ 53,395
                                                       ========      ========

- -------------------------

(1) Includes loans held for sale of $25.2 million and $10.0 million at September
    30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

(2) Includes  $1.5 million of loans  purchased in the six months ended March 31,
    1999.

         Loan Portfolio. The bank's loan portfolio consists principally of first
mortgage  loans,  primarily  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-  to  four-family
residential  real estate.  At March 31, 1999, the bank's mortgage loan portfolio
totalled  $27.3  million  or 81.24% of total  loans.  Loans  secured  by one- to
four-family  residential real estate loans totalled $17.2 million,  or 51.20% of
total  loans.  At March 31,  1999,  the bank also had $4.3  million or 12.84% of
total loans in  construction  loans,  $3.9 million or 11.64% in commercial  real
estate loans, $1.1 million, or 3.13% in multi-family loans and $815,000 or 2.43%
in land loans.

         The bank's  consumer loans at March 31, 1999,  aggregated $4.2 million,
or 12.62% of total  loans,  and  included  $4.1  million of home  equity  loans,
$91,000 of  automobile  loans and $40,000 of other  consumer  loans.  The bank's
commercial  business  loans totalled $2.1 million,  or 6.14% of total loans,  at
March 31, 1999.



                                       28
<PAGE>




         At March 31, 1999, regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the
"OTS") limit our maximum loans-to-one borrower to approximately $1.2 million. At
March 31, 1999,  the five largest loans or loan  relationships  amounted to $1.0
million,  $1.0  million,  $950,000,  $750,000  and  $740,000,  all of which were
performing  in  accordance  with their terms as of such date. As a result of the
offering,  our  loans-to-one  borrower  limit is expected to exceed $3.1 million
which will enable the bank to compete for larger, more profitable loans and meet
the needs of our customers without seeking loan participants.


         The  following  table sets  forth the  composition  of the bank's  loan
portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                ---------------------------------
                                                                                       % OF
                                                                    AMOUNT         TOTAL LOANS
                                                                --------------   ----------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>                  <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
   Single-family(1)..........................................          $17,189              51.20%
   Multi-family..............................................            1,050               3.13
   Construction..............................................            4,310              12.84
   Commercial real estate....................................            3,908              11.64
   Land......................................................              815               2.43
                                                                       -------             ------
      Total mortgage loans...................................           27,272              81.24
                                                                       -------             ------
COMMERCIAL BUSINESS AND CONSUMER LOANS:
   Commercial business.......................................            2,060               6.14
   Consumer:
      Home equity............................................            4,107              12.23
      Automobile.............................................               91               0.27
      Other..................................................               40               0.12
                                                                       -------             ------
         Total commercial business and
            consumer loans...................................            6,298              18.76
                                                                       -------             ------
         Total loans receivable..............................           33,570             100.00%
                                                                       -------             ======
Less:
   Allowance for loan losses.................................             (610)
   Loans in process..........................................           (1,636)
   Unearned premium (discounts)..............................               41
                                                                       -------
        Loans receivable, net                                          $31,365
                                                                       =======
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
(1)  Includes  loans  secured  by  second  trusts on  single-family  residential
     property.


         One- to Four-Family  Mortgage  Lending.  The bank currently offers both
fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate  mortgage ("ARM") loans with maturities of up to
30 years secured by single-family residences,  which term includes real property
containing  from one to four  residences.  Most of such loans are located in the
bank's primary market area. One- to four-family  mortgage loan  originations are
generally obtained from the bank's in-house loan representatives,  from existing
or past  customers and through  advertising  and referrals from residents of the
bank's  local  communities.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank's one- to  four-family
mortgage loans totalled $17.2 million,  or



                                       29
<PAGE>



51.20% of total loans. Of the one- to four-family  mortgage loans outstanding at
that date, 36.66% were fixed-rate loans and 63.34% were ARM loans.

         Construction and Development Lending. The bank originates  construction
and  development  loans  primarily  to  finance  the  construction  of  one-  to
four-family,  owner-occupied  residential real estate properties  located in the
bank's primary market area.  Construction  and  development  loans are generally
offered  to  customers  and  experienced  builders  with  whom  the  bank has an
established  relationship.  Construction  and  development  loans are  typically
offered with terms of up to 12 months; however, terms may be extended up to four
years under certain circumstances. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to
such  loans  is 80% for  contract  sales  and 75%  for  speculative  properties.
Construction   loan  proceeds  are  disbursed   periodically  in  increments  as
construction  progresses and as inspections  by  independent  construction  loan
inspectors  warrant.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank's  largest  construction  and
development  loan was a performing  $950,000  loan secured by six  single-family
homes.

         Construction  and  development  financing  is generally  considered  to
involve a higher  degree of credit risk than  long-term  financing  on improved,
owner-occupied  real estate.  Risk of loss on a  construction  loan is dependent
largely upon the  accuracy of the initial  estimate of the  property's  value at
completion of construction  compared to the estimated cost (including  interest)
of  construction  and other  assumptions,  including the estimated  time to sell
residential  properties.  If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate,  the
bank may be confronted with a project,  when completed,  having a value which is
insufficient  to assure full  repayment.  At March 31,  1999,  construction  and
development  loans (including land loans) totalled $5.1 million,  or 15.27%,  of
the bank's total loans.

         The bank also originates land loans to local contractors and developers
for the purpose of making  improvements  thereon,  including  small  residential
subdivisions  in the bank's primary market area or for the purpose of holding or
developing the land for sale.  Such loans are secured by a lien on the property,
are limited to 60% of the lower of the acquisition  price or the appraised value
of the land and have a term of up to three years with a floating  interest  rate
based on the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.  The bank's land
loans are generally secured by property in its primary market area. At March 31,
1999,  land loans totaled  $815,000,  or 2.43% of total loans.  The largest land
loan at that date was a performing loan which amounted to $418,000.

         Multi-family  and Commercial Real Estate  Lending.  The bank originates
multi-family and commercial real estate loans that are generally secured by five
or more unit apartment  buildings and properties used for business purposes such
as small office  buildings or retail  facilities  located in the bank's  primary
market area. The bank's  multi-family  and commercial  real estate  underwriting
policies  provide  that such real  estate  loans may be made in amounts of up to
75-80% of the  appraised  value of the property,  subject to the bank's  current
loans-to-one  borrower policy limit,  which at March 31, 1999, was approximately
$1.2 million.  The bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate loans may be
made with terms ranging from five to 15 years and amortization  periods of up to
30 years or with  interest  rates that  adjust  every  three to five  years.  In
reaching  its  decision on whether to make a  multi-family  or  commercial  real
estate loan,  the bank considers the net operating  income of the property,  the
borrower's  expertise,  credit  history and  profitability  and the value of the
underlying  property.  Environmental risk evaluations are generally required for
all multi-family and commercial real estate loans.  Generally,  all multi-family
and commercial real estate loans made to  corporations,  partnerships  and other
business entities require personal guarantees by the principals. On an exception


                                       30
<PAGE>





basis, the bank may not require a personal  guarantee on such loans depending on
the creditworthiness of the borrower and the amount of the downpayment and other
mitigating  circumstances.  The bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate
loan portfolio at March 31, 1999 was $5.0 million, or 14.77% of total loans. The
largest  multi-family or commercial real estate loan in the bank's  portfolio at
March 31, 1999, was a $1.0 million  participation  in a performing  $5.3 million
loan secured by two nursing home facilities in Whittier, California.


         Loans secured by  multi-family  and commercial  real estate  properties
generally  involve  larger  principal  amounts and a greater degree of risk than
one- to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Because  payments  on loans
secured  by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  properties  are  often
dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment
of such loans may be subject to adverse  conditions in the real estate market or
the economy.  The bank seeks to minimize  these risks  through its  underwriting
standards.



         Commercial  Business  Lending.  At March  31,  1999,  the bank had $2.1
million in commercial business loans which amounted to 6.14% of total loans. The
bank makes  commercial  business loans primarily in its market area to a variety
of professionals,  sole proprietorships and small businesses.  The bank offers a
variety of commercial  lending  products,  including term loans for fixed assets
and working capital, revolving lines of credit and letters of credit. Term loans
are  generally  offered with initial  fixed rates of interest for the first five
years and with terms of up to 7 years.  Business lines of credit have adjustable
rates of  interest  and are  payable  on demand,  subject  to annual  review and
renewal.  Business  loans with  variable  rates of interest  adjust on a monthly
basis and are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal.



         In making  commercial  business loans, the bank considers the financial
statements of the borrower,  the bank's lending  history with the borrower,  the
debt service  capabilities  of the  borrower,  the  projected  cash flows of the
business  and  the  value  of the  collateral.  Commercial  business  loans  are
generally secured by a variety of collateral,  primarily  equipment,  assets and
accounts receivable, and are supported by personal guarantees.  Depending on the
collateral used to secure the loans,  commercial loans are made in amounts of up
to 80% of the  adjusted  value of the  collateral  securing  the loan.  The bank
generally does not make unsecured  commercial  business loans. In addition,  the
bank participates in loans, often  community-based,  with area lenders with whom
the bank has a  relationship.  When  determining  whether to participate in such
loans, the bank will underwrite its participation  interest according to its own
underwriting standards.

         In an effort to increase its emphasis on commercial business loans, the
bank  has  hired  a  commercial  loan  officer  with  extensive   experience  in
originating   commercial  business  loans  to  small  businesses.   Her  primary
responsibility  will be to increase commercial business loan volume particularly
at the bank's branch  offices.  Management  believes  that through  training and
implementation  of  a  sales  culture,   managers  at  the  branch  offices  can
successfully originate commercial business loans.

         Unlike  mortgage  loans,  which  generally are made on the basis of the
borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income,
and which are  secured by real  property  whose  value  tends to be more  easily
ascertainable,  commercial  business  loans are of higher risk and typically are
made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow
of the  borrower's  business.  As a result,  the  availability  of funds for the
repayment of commercial  business  loans may be


                                       31
<PAGE>




substantially  dependent on the success of the  business  itself.  Further,  any
collateral  securing such loans may  depreciate  over time,  may be difficult to
appraise and may  fluctuate  in value.  At March 31,  1999,  the bank's  largest
commercial  business loan was a $1.0 million revolving  warehouse line of credit
with an  outstanding  balance of $615,000  secured by an assignment of the notes
and deeds of trust on single family residential loans.

         Consumer  Lending.  Consumer  loans at March 31, 1999  amounted to $4.2
million or 12.62% of the bank's total  loans,  and  consisted  primarily of home
equity  loans,  home  equity  lines of credit,  and, to a  significantly  lesser
extent,  secured and unsecured personal loans and new and used automobile loans.
These loans are generally  made to residents of the bank's  primary  market area
and  generally  are secured by real estate,  deposit  accounts and  automobiles.
These loans are typically  shorter term and generally have higher interest rates
than one- to four-family mortgage loans.

         The bank  offers  home  equity  loans and home  equity  lines of credit
(collectively, "home equity loans"). Most of the bank's equity loans are secured
by second  mortgages  on one- to  four-family  residences  located in the bank's
primary  market area.  At March 31, 1999,  these loans  totalled $4.1 million or
12.23% of the bank's total loans and 96.91% of consumer loans. Home equity loans
are generally  offered with terms of up to 15 years and with both adjustable and
fixed-rates of interest.  The interest rate on adjustable-rate loans is based on
the prime rate as  reported  in The Wall Street  Journal.  Adjustable-rate  home
equity loans  generally  provide for overall caps on the increase or decrease in
the interest rate over the life of the loan which are based on state usury laws.
At March 31, 1999,  the bank had $9.5 million of home equity loans of which $4.1
million,  or 40.59% of total home equity loans, was drawn down at such date. The
underwriting  standards  employed  by  the  bank  for  equity  loans  include  a
determination  of  the  applicant's  credit  history  and an  assessment  of the
applicant's  ability to meet existing  obligations  and payments on the proposed
loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan.  Generally,  the maximum
combined   loan-to-value   ratio   ("LTV")  on  equity  loans  is  80%  on  both
owner-occupied  and   non-owner-occupied   properties.   The  stability  of  the
applicant's  monthly income may be determined by  verification  of gross monthly
income from primary employment and, additionally,  from any verifiable secondary
income. Creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration.

         The bank  also  originates  other  types of  consumer  loans  primarily
consisting of secured and unsecured  personal loans and new and used  automobile
loans. At March 31, 1999,  these consumer loans totalled  $131,000,  or 0.39% of
the bank's total loans and 3.09% of consumer loans.  Secured  personal loans are
generally secured by deposit accounts. Unsecured personal loans generally have a
maximum borrowing  limitation of $15,000 and generally require a debt ratio (the
ratio of debt service to net earnings) of 40%.  Automobile  loans have a maximum
borrowing  limitation  of 90% of  the  sale  price  of a new  automobile  or the
National   Automobile  Dealers   Association's   Guide's  loan  value  for  used
automobiles. As part of its strategy to develop a diverse loan mix, the bank has
employed a senior bank officer with  extensive  experience  in the  development,
implementation  and  marketing of consumer loan programs and intends to increase
its emphasis on such lending.  In addition,  the bank has recently  instituted a
training program designed to enable branch managers to originate  consumer loans
at the branch level.  That program will  substantially  eliminate the time lapse
between  application and closing of many consumer loans and management  believes
that such program will assist the bank in expanding its consumer loan portfolio.



                                       32
<PAGE>



         Loans secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles or that
are unsecured  entail greater risks than one- to four-family  mortgage loans. In
such  cases,  repossessed  collateral  for a  defaulted  loan may not provide an
adequate source of repayment of the outstanding  loan balance,  since there is a
greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation of the underlying collateral.
Further,  consumer  loan  collections  on  these  loans  are  dependent  on  the
borrower's continuing financial stability and, therefore,  are more likely to be
adversely  affected  by job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or  personal  bankruptcy.
Finally,  the application of various federal and state laws,  including  federal
and state  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered on such loans in the event of a default.


DELINQUENT LOANS, CLASSIFIED ASSETS AND NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

         Delinquent Loans and Classified Assets.  Reports listing all delinquent
accounts are  generated and reviewed  regularly by  management  and all loans or
lending  relationships  delinquent  30 days or more  and all real  estate  owned
("REO") are reviewed monthly by the board of directors.  The procedures taken by
the bank with respect to delinquencies vary depending on the nature of the loan,
the length and cause of delinquency and whether the borrower has previously been
delinquent. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the bank
may take any of a number of steps to have the borrower cure the  delinquency and
restore the loan to current  status.  The bank  generally  sends the  borrower a
written  notice  of  non-payment  when the loan is first  past due.  The  bank's
guidelines provide that telephone,  written  correspondence  and/or face-to-face
contact  will be  attempted to  ascertain  the reasons for  delinquency  and the
prospects of repayment. When contact is made with the borrower at any time prior
to  foreclosure,  the bank will  attempt  to  obtain  full  payment,  work out a
repayment schedule with the borrower to avoid foreclosure or, in some instances,
accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure.  In the event payment is not then received
or the loan not otherwise  satisfied,  additional  letters and  telephone  calls
generally are made. If the loan is still not brought current or satisfied and it
becomes  necessary for the bank to take legal  action,  which  typically  occurs
after a loan is 90 days or more delinquent,  the bank will commence  foreclosure
proceedings  against any real or personal  property  that secures the loan. If a
foreclosure  action is instituted and the loan is not brought  current,  paid in
full, or refinanced  before the foreclosure sale, the property securing the loan
generally is sold at foreclosure and, if purchased by the bank, becomes REO.


         Federal regulations and the bank's Asset Classification  Policy require
that the bank  utilize an  internal  asset  classification  system as a means of
reporting  problem and potential  problem assets.  The bank has incorporated the
internal  asset  classifications  of the OTS as a part of its credit  monitoring
system.  The bank currently  classifies  problem and potential problem assets as
"Substandard," "Doubtful" or "Loss" assets. An asset is considered "Substandard"
if it is inadequately  protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of
the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  "Substandard"  assets include
those  characterized by the "distinct  possibility" that the insured institution
will  sustain  "some  loss"  if  the  deficiencies  are  not  corrected.  Assets
classified as "Doubtful" have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified
"Substandard"  with the added  characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make
"collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of currently  existing  facts,
conditions,  and values, "highly questionable and improbable." Assets classified
as "Loss" are those  considered  "uncollectible"  and of such little  value that
their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve
is not warranted.  Assets which do not currently expose the insured  institution
to  sufficient  risk  to  warrant  classification  in one of the  aforementioned
categories  but  possess  weaknesses  are  required  to be  designated  "Special
Mention."



                                       33
<PAGE>



         When the bank classifies one or more assets,  or portions  thereof,  as
Substandard,  it establishes a general valuation allowance for loan losses in an
amount deemed prudent by management. General valuation allowances represent loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been
allocated to particular  problem  assets.  When the bank  classifies one or more
uncollateralized  assets,  or portions  thereof,  as Doubtful,  it establishes a
specific  allowance  for  losses  equal  to 50% of the  amount  of the  asset so
classified. With respect to collateralized assets, the specific allowance is 50%
of the difference  between the loan amount and the collateral value.  Assets, or
portions thereof, classified as Loss are charged off.


         The bank's  management  reviews and  classifies  the bank's assets on a
regular basis and the board of directors  reviews the management's  reports on a
quarterly  basis.  The bank classifies  assets in accordance with the management
guidelines  described  above.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank had $59,000 of loans
designated as Substandard which consisted of one commercial real estate loan for
$40,000 and four second trusts totalling $19,000. At that same date the bank had
$182,000 of assets  classified as Doubtful,  one commercial real estate loan for
$170,000 and two second trusts  totalling  $12,000.  At March 31, 1999, the bank
had no loans classified as Loss. As of March 31, 1999, the bank also had a total
of 2 loans,  totalling  $349,000,  designated as Special  Mention.  At March 31,
1999, the largest  adversely (other than Special Mention)  classified loan was a
commercial real estate second trust loan with an aggregate  carrying  balance of
$170,000, on which it also holds a $285,000 participation interest in a $696,000
first trust.  The property  securing the two loans is unoccupied  and listed for
sale for $1.1 million.

         Non-Performing  Assets and Impaired  Loans.  The  following  table sets
forth  information  regarding  non-accrual loans and REO. At March 31, 1999, REO
consisted of a multi-family property totalling $192,000, which is under contract
of sale as of June 11,  1999.  It is the  policy  of the bank to cease  accruing
interest  on  mortgage  loans 90 days or more  past  due and to  cease  accruing
interest on consumer  loans 60 days or more past due (unless the loan  principal
and interest are determined by management to be fully secured and in the process
of collection) and to charge off the accrued and unpaid  interest.  As a result,
the bank had no loans 90 days or more past due but still  accruing  interest  or
troubled debt restructurings at any of the dates indicated.




                                               AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                           --------------------------
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Mortgage loans:
   Single-family........................           $     12
                                                       ----
Total non-accrual loans.................                 12
REO.....................................                192
                                                   --------
Total non-performing assets.............           $    204
                                                   ========
Non-performing loans to total loans.....               0.04%
                                                       ====
Total non-performing assets to total                   0.16%
  assets, at period end.................               ====



                                       34
<PAGE>




         On December 14, 1995,  the bank  adopted SFAS No. 114,  "Accounting  by
Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan," as amended by SFAS No. 118. At March 31,
1999, the bank had recorded investments of $12,000 in impaired loans. During the
six months ended March 31, 1999, the amount of additional  interest  income that
would have been  recognized on non-accrual  loans if such loans had continued to
perform in accordance with their contractual terms was $141. The total amount of
interest not recognized to date on such loans was $499.

         When the bank acquires property through  foreclosure or deed in lieu of
foreclosure, it is initially recorded at the lesser of the carrying value of the
loan or fair value of the  property  at the date of  acquisition,  less costs to
sell.  Thereafter,  if there  is a  further  deterioration  in  value,  the bank
provides  for a specific  valuation  allowance  and charges  operations  for the
diminution  in value.  It is the  policy of the bank to obtain an  appraisal  or
broker's  price opinion on all real estate  subject to  foreclosure  proceedings
prior to the  time of  foreclosure.  It is also the  bank's  policy  to  require
appraisals  on  a  periodic  basis  on  foreclosed  properties  and  to  conduct
inspections on foreclosed properties.



ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

         The  allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for
loan losses based on  management's  evaluation of the risks inherent in its loan
portfolio and the general  economy.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained
at an amount  management  considers  adequate to cover estimated losses in loans
receivable  which  are  deemed  probable  and  estimable  based  on  information
currently known to management.  The allowance is based upon a number of factors,
including  current  economic  conditions,  actual loss  experience  and industry
trends. In addition,  various regulatory agencies,  as an integral part of their
examination  process,  periodically review the bank's allowance for loan losses.
Such agencies may require the bank to make  additional  provisions for estimated
loan losses based upon their  judgments about  information  available to them at
the time of their examination.


         As of March 31, 1999, the bank's  allowance for loan losses amounted to
$610,000 or 1.82% of total loans.  The bank had non-accrual  loans of $12,000 at
March 31, 1999.  The bank will  continue to monitor and modify its allowance for
loan  losses  as  conditions  dictate.  While  management  believes  the  bank's
allowance  for loan losses is  sufficient  to cover losses  inherent in its loan
portfolio  at this time,  no  assurances  can be given that the bank's  level of
allowance for loan losses will be  sufficient  to cover loan losses  incurred by
the  bank or that  adjustments  to the  allowance  for loan  losses  will not be
necessary  if  economic  and  other  conditions  differ  substantially  from the
economic and other  conditions used by management to determine the current level
of the allowance for loan losses.



                                       35
<PAGE>


         The  following  table sets forth  activity in the bank's  allowance for
loan losses.



                                                        AT OR FOR THE THREE
                                                               MONTHS
                                                       ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Balance at beginning of period......................         $    578
Provisions..........................................               23
                                                             --------
Total charge-offs...................................               (1)
Total recoveries....................................               10
                                                             --------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries........................                9
                                                             --------
Balance at end of period............................           $  610
                                                               ======
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period
   to average loans outstanding during the period...            (0.02)%
                                                               =======
Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing
   loans at end of period...........................         5,083.33%
                                                             ========
Allowance for loan losses to total loans............             1.82%
                                                                 ====



         The following table sets forth the bank's  allowance for loan losses in
each of the  categories  listed and the  percentage of such amounts to the total
allowance and the percentage of such amounts to total loans.






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           PERCENT OF
                                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                                   TOTAL               TOTAL
                                                                AMOUNT           ALLOWANCE             LOANS
                                                           -----------------  ---------------   -------------------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>                    <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
   Single-family........................................               $ 110            18.03%                 0.33%
   Multi-family.........................................                   9             1.48                  0.03
   Construction.........................................                  47             7.70                  0.14
   Commercial real estate...............................                 153            25.08                  0.46
   Land.................................................                  16             2.62                  0.04
                                                                     -------         --------                ------
      Total mortgage loans..............................                 335            54.91                  1.00
                                                                      ------          -------                ------
   Commercial...........................................                 104            17.05                  0.31
   Consumer:
      Home equity.......................................                  51             8.36                  0.15
      Automobile........................................                   4             0.66                  0.01
      Other.............................................                  --               --                    --
                                                                     -------        ---------                ------
         Total commercial and consumer..................                 159            26.07                  0.47
                                                                      ------          -------                ------
Unallocated.............................................                 116            19.02                  0.35
                                                                      ------          -------                ------
Total...................................................               $ 610           100.00%                 1.82%
                                                                       =====           ======                ======

</TABLE>


INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

         The  investment  policy  of the  bank,  as  approved  by the  board  of
directors,  requires  management,  to maintain  adequate  liquidity,  generate a
favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate and credit
risk,  and to  complement  the bank's  lending  activities.  The bank  primarily
utilizes  investments  in securities  for liquidity  management,  as a source of
income and as a method of deploying  excess funds not utilized for investment in
loans. Securities classified as trading are bought

                                       36
<PAGE>
and held  principally  for  sale in the near  term,  generally  within  90 days.
Generally,  the  bank's  investment  policy  is more  restrictive  than  the OTS
regulations  allow and,  accordingly,  the bank has  invested  primarily in U.S.
government and agency  securities,  which qualify as liquid assets under the OTS
regulations,  federal  funds  and  U.S.  government  sponsored,   agency-issued,
mortgage-backed securities.


         Investment and mortgage-backed  securities increased from $51.2 million
at September 30, 1998 to $77.1 million at March 31, 1999. All securities held by
the company were  classified as available for sale and were used to leverage the
bank's  capital while new consumer and  commercial  products were  developed and
marketed.  The company at times has held securities for trading. They are bought
and held  principally  for the  purpose of  selling in the near term,  generally
within 90 days.

         At  March  31,   1999,   the  bank  had  invested   $32.0   million  in
mortgage-backed  securities,  or  25.43%  of total  assets,  all of  which  were
classified as  available-for-sale.  Investments  in  mortgage-backed  securities
involve  a  risk  that  actual   prepayments  will  be  greater  than  estimated
prepayments over the life of the security,  which may require adjustments to the
amortization  of any  premium or  accretion  of any  discount  relating  to such
instruments  thereby  changing the net yield on such  securities.  There is also
reinvestment  risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or in the
event such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In addition,  the market value
of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.


         The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost
and estimated market value of the bank's investment securities.




                                                 AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                           -----------------------------
                                                             ESTIMATED
                                             AMORTIZED        MARKET
                                               COST            VALUE
                                           -------------   -------------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
   Equity securities(1).................     $ 9,093         $ 9,017
   Corporate debt securities............       2,112           2,209
   Federal agency securities............       1,000             989
   CMOs.................................       1,731           1,737
   U.S. Government securities...........      31,465          31,166
                                             -------         -------
      Total.............................     $45,401         $45,118
                                             =======         =======
INVESTMENT SECURITIES WITH:
   Fixed rates..........................      $4,843          $4,935
   Adjustable rates.....................      40,558          40,183
                                             -------         -------
      Total.............................     $45,401         $45,118
                                             =======         =======

- --------------------

(1)   Equity  securities  consist of a $3.0 million  investment  in a short-term
      U.S.  government  securities mutual fund; a $3.0 million  investment in an
      intermediate-term  mortgage  securities  mutual  fund;  and a $3.0 million
      investment in a U.S. government mortgage securities mutual fund.



                                       37
<PAGE>


         The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost
and estimated market value of the bank's mortgage-backed securities.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                    ESTIMATED
                                              AMORTIZED              MARKET
                                                 COST                 VALUE
                                          ------------------   -------------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
   REMICs...............................   $ 2,546              $  2,583
   FHLMC................................     5,182                 5,149
   FNMA.................................    21,287                21,235
   GNMA.................................     3,070                 3,053
                                           -------               -------
      Total.............................   $32,085               $32,020
                                           =======               =======
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES WITH:
   Fixed rates..........................   $18,142               $18,136
   Adjustable rates.....................    13,943                13,884
                                           -------               -------
      Total.............................   $32,085               $32,020
                                           =======               =======
</TABLE>




                                       38
<PAGE>


         The table below sets forth certain  information  regarding the carrying
value,  weighted  average  yields  and  contractual  maturities  of  the  bank's
investment   securities   available-for-sale   and  mortgage-backed   securities
available-for-sale.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           MORE THAN ONE       MORE THAN FIVE
                                                    ONE YEAR OR LESS    YEAR TO FIVE YEARS   YEARS TO TEN YEARS
                                                              WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED
                                                   CARRYING   AVERAGE   CARRYING   AVERAGE   CARRYING    AVERAGE
                                                    VALUE      YIELD     VALUE      YIELD     VALUE       YIELD
                                                   --------  ---------  --------  --------- ----------  ---------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>
Investment securities available-for-sale:
    Adjustable-rate securities:
    Equity securities............................    $9,017       5.82%   $   --       --%     $  --         --%
    U.S. Government agency.......................        --         --     1,250     7.52      3,181       5.20
                                                     ------               ------               -----
       Total.....................................     9,017       5.82     1,250     7.52      3,181       5.20
                                                     ------               ------               -----
  Fixed-rate:
    Federal agency...............................        --         --        --       --        989       6.57
    Corporate debt......                                 --         --        --       --         --         --
    CMOs.........................................        --         --        --       --         --         --
                                                     ------               ------               -----
       Total.....................................        --         --        --       --        989       6.57
                                                     ------               ------               -----
Total investment securities available-for-sale...     9,017       5.82     1,250     7.52      4,170       5.52
                                                     ------               ------               -----

Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale:
    Adjustable-rate securities:
       FNMA......................................        --         --       550     6.10         --         --
       FHLMC.....................................        --         --        --       --         --         --
       GNMA......................................        --         --        --       --      1,132       5.07
                                                     ------               ------               -----
         Total...................................        --         --       550     6.10      1,132       5.07
                                                     ------               ------               -----
    Fixed-rate:
       FNMA......................................        --         --        --       --      2,025       6.29
       FHLMC.....................................        --         --        --       --        366       6.57
       GNMA......................................        --         --        --       --         --         --
       REMICs....................................        --         --        --       --         --         --
                                                     ------               ------               -----
         Total...................................        --         --        --       --      2,391       6.33
                                                     ------               ------               -----
Total mortgage-backed securities
   available-for-sale............................        --         --       550     6.10      3,523       5.93
                                                     ------               ------             -------
Total investments................................    $9,017       5.82%   $1,800     7.09%   $ 7,693       5.71%
                                                     ======       ====    ======     ====    =======       ====
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 MORE THAN    TEN YEARS           TOTAL
- -----------------------  ---------------------
               WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED
  CARRYING      AVERAGE   CARRYING     AVERAGE
    VALUE        YIELD      VALUE       YIELD
 -----------  ---------  --------- -----------
    $  --         --%     $9,017       5.82%
   26,735       6.04      31,166       6.01
   ------                 ------
   26,735       6.04      40,183       5.97
   ------                 ------
      --          --         989       6.57
    2,209       6.83       2,209       6.83
    1,737       7.35       1,737       7.35
   ------                 ------
    3,946       7.06       4,935       6.96
   ------                 ------
   30,681       6.17      45,118       6.08
   ------                 ------
    9,536       5.31      10,086       5.35
    1,415       6.02       1,415       6.02
    1,251       5.98       2,383       5.55
   ------                 ------
   12,202       5.46      13,884       5.45
   ------                 ------
    9,124       7.12      11,149       6.97
    3,368       6.08       3,734       6.13
      670       6.44         670       6.44
    2,583       6.22       2,583       6.22
   ------                 ------
   15,745       6.72      18,136       6.67
   ------                 ------
   27,947       6.17      32,020       6.14
 --------                -------
 $ 58,628       6.17%    $77,138       6.11%
 ========       ====     =======       ====



                                       39
<PAGE>

SOURCES OF FUNDS

         General.   Deposits,  loan  repayments  and  prepayments,   cash  flows
generated from operations,  Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and reverse
repurchase  agreements  are the primary  sources of the bank's  funds for use in
lending, investing and for other general purposes.


         Deposits.  Because  the  bank has  aggressively  marketed  its  deposit
products,  expanded its branch  network and used  brokered  deposits to fund its
mortgage-banking activities, total deposits increased to $112.1 million at March
31,  1999 from $76.3  million at  September  30,  1998,  an  increase of 46.92%.
Certificates of deposit increased $34.5 million, $3.0 million of which were from
brokered deposits. The bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of
interest rates and terms. The bank's deposits consist of checking, money market,
savings,  NOW, certificate accounts and Individual  Retirement Accounts.  Of the
funds  deposited in the bank,  80.18% are in certificate of deposit  accounts at
March 31, 1999. At March 31, 1999,  transaction-based  accounts  (savings,  NOW,
money  market and  noninterest  bearing  deposits)  represented  19.82% of total
deposits.

         The flow of deposits is influenced  significantly  by general  economic
conditions,  changes  in money  market  rates,  prevailing  interest  rates  and
competition.  The bank's deposits are obtained  predominantly  from the areas in
which its branch offices are located. The bank has historically relied primarily
on customer service and  long-standing  relationships  with customers to attract
and retain these deposits;  however,  market interest rates and rates offered by
competing  financial  institutions  significantly  affect the bank's  ability to
attract and retain deposits.  The bank uses traditional means of advertising its
deposit  products,  including print media. The bank also uses deposit brokers to
obtain deposits that are used primarily to fund the bank's  mortgage-banking and
investment   activities.   In  view  of  the   short-term   holding  period  for
loans-held-for-sale,  brokered  deposits are a cost effective  source of funding
for the bank's mortgage-banking activities.  Should loans-held-for-sale decline,
the  brokered  certificates  can easily be allowed to run-off  with no impact on
long-term customer relationships. At March 31, 1999, $78.7 million, or 87.54% of
the bank's certificate of deposit accounts were to mature within one year.



                                       40
<PAGE>


         The following table sets forth the  distribution  and the rates paid on
each category of deposits.



                                             AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                  ----------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   TOTAL          RATE
                                   BALANCE        DEPOSITS        PAID
                                  ----------    ------------   -----------
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Savings accounts...............     $925           0.83%         3.00%
Now and money market accounts..   17,633          15.73          4.70
Certificates of deposit........   89,877          80.18          5.23
Noninterest-bearing deposits:
   Demand deposits............     3,656           3.26           --
                                ---------        ------
      Total deposits.........   $112,091         100.00%         4.96%
                                ==========        ======         ====


         The following table presents  information  concerning the amounts,  the
rates and the periods to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding.




                                                  AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                        ------------------------------------
                                            AMOUNT                RATE
                                        ---------------      ---------------
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCES MATURING:
Three months or less....................        $25,220            5.17%
Three months to one year................         53,505            5.26
One year to three years.................         10,611            5.17
Over three years........................            541            5.37
                                                -------
  Total.................................        $89,877            5.23%
                                                =======            ====

         At March 31, 1999, the bank had $34.5 million in  certificate  accounts
in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:




                                                        WEIGHED
                                                        AVERAGE
        MATURITY PERIOD               AMOUNT             RATE
- -------------------------------   --------------    ---------------
                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Three months or less...........          $13,698               4.89%
Over 3 through 6 months........            8,442               4.92
Over 6 through 12 months.......            9,570               5.26
Over 12 months.................            2,744               5.25
                                       ---------
      Total....................          $34,454               5.03%
                                         =======               ====

         Borrowings.  FHLB advances amounted to $5.0 million at March 31, 1999 a
decrease  from the $22.0  million at September  30, 1998  primarily  because the
company had sufficient funds from the $35.8 million increase in deposit accounts
and the $24.0  million  reduction in mortgage  loans held for sale. At March 31,
1999 and September 30, 1998, borrowings consisted solely of FHLB advances.  FHLB
advances  are  used  to  arbitrage  both  the  investment  and   mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio and the mortgage banking  activities of the bank. The bank
utilizes  advances from the FHLB of Atlanta as an alternative to retail deposits
to fund its  operations as part of its operating  strategy.  These FHLB advances
are  collateralized  primarily by the bank's mortgage loans and  mortgage-backed
securities and secondarily by the bank's investment in capital stock of the FHLB
of  Atlanta.  FHLB  advances  are made  pursuant  to  several  different  credit
programs,  each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.  The
maximum  amount that the FHLB of Atlanta  will  advance to member  institutions,
including the bank, fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies
of the FHLB of Atlanta.


         The bank also  enters  into sales of  securities  under  agreements  to
repurchase ("reverse repurchase agreements") with terms to maturity of less than
one year.  Fixed-coupon reverse repurchase agreements

                                       41
<PAGE>


are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are
reflected as a liability in the  statements of financial  condition.  The dollar
amount of securities  underlying the agreements  remains in the asset  accounts.
The securities underlying the agreements are book-entry  securities.  During the
period  in  which  the  bank  borrowed  through  the use of  reverse  repurchase
agreements,  the  securities  were  delivered  by  appropriate  entry  into  the
counterparties' accounts maintained at the FHLB of Atlanta or in some cases with
the  securities  dealers.  Although the bank  borrowed  funds through the use of
reverse repurchase agreements during the six months ended March 31, 1999, at the
end of the  period  the  bank did not have  any  reverse  repurchase  agreements
outstanding.  During the six months ended March 31, 1999, all reverse repurchase
agreements represented agreements to repurchase the same securities.


         The  bank  is  subject  to the  risk  that  its  interest  in the  sold
securities is adequately protected in the event the purchasing securities dealer
fails to perform  its  obligations.  The bank  attempts to reduce the effects of
such  risks  by  entering  into  such  agreements  only  with   well-capitalized
securities  dealers  who are primary  dealers in  government  securities  and by
limiting  the  maximum  amount of  agreements  outstanding  at any time with any
single securities dealer.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  bank's
borrowed funds:



                                                           AT OR FOR THE SIX
                                                          MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                               31, 1999
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
FHLB advances:
   Average balance outstanding......................             $13,665
                                                                 =======
   Maximum amount outstanding at any
     month-end during the period....................            $  5,000
                                                                ========
   Balance outstanding at end of period.............            $  5,000
                                                                ========
   Weighted average interest rate during the period.                4.76%
                                                                ========
   Weighted average interest rate at end of period..                3.98%
                                                                ========
Reverse repurchase agreements:
  Average balance outstanding.......................             $ 1,549
                                                                 =======
  Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
    during the period...............................            $     --
                                                                ========
  Balance outstanding at end of period..............            $     --
                                                                ========
  Weighted average interest rate during the period..                5.68%
                                                                =======
  Weighted average interest rate at end of period...                  --%
                                                                ========



   COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                             AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

         Net  Income.  Net income for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1998
amounted to  $609,000  or $0.77 per share  compared to a net loss of $634,000 or
$1.92 per  share  for  fiscal  year  1997  that had been  incurred  prior to the
acquisition  of the bank by current  management.  The $1.2  million  increase in
fiscal 1998 income was primarily due to an increase in  mortgage-banking  income
which was partially offset by the increase in noninterest  expense. The increase
in  noninterest  expense  reflects the bank's  continuing  expansion and growth,
including  substantially  increased  compensation,   occupancy  and  promotional
expenses.


                                       42
<PAGE>



         Net Interest  Income.  The following table presents a comparison of the
components of interest income and expense and net interest income.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                DIFFERENCE
                                                     ------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                          1998             1997           AMOUNT            %
                                                     --------------    ------------    -------------  -------------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>            <C>                <C>
Interest income:
    Loans.........................................       $2,631          $2,253         $    378           16.78%
    Investments...................................        1,380             141            1,239          878.72
                                                        -------        --------          -------
       Total......................................        4,011           2,394            1,617           67.54
                                                        -------         -------          -------
Interest expense:
    Deposits......................................        2,163           1,135            1,028           90.57
    Borrowings....................................          400             156              244          156.41
                                                       --------        --------         --------
       Total......................................        2,563           1,291            1,272           98.53
                                                        -------         -------          -------
Net interest income...............................       $1,448          $1,103          $   345           31.28%
                                                         ======          ======          =======           =====

</TABLE>


         Our growth in net interest  income was due primarily to the increase in
average  interest-earning  assets  resulting  from  the  bank's  planned  growth
strategy in 1998.  Although  average  interest-earning  assets  increased  $27.6
million or 104.57%  during  fiscal 1998,  a decline in the net  interest  margin
limited the increase in net interest income.  The decline in net interest margin
of  150  basis  points  resulted  from  a  significant  increase  in  investment
securities  at a yield lower than could have been obtained if the funds had been
invested in loans.

         Interest  income  increased  for fiscal  year 1998,  compared  to 1997,
primarily  as a result of an  increase in the  average  outstanding  balances of
loans,  investment  securities  and  mortgage-backed   securities  coupled  with
increases  in  the  yields  on the  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities
portfolios  resulting in large measure from the planned leveraging of the bank's
capital.  The increase in interest  income on the loan portfolio for fiscal 1998
when compared to fiscal 1997 resulted primarily from an increase of $6.1 million
in the average  balance of loans.  This increase was coupled with an increase in
interest income from the investment and  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolios
due to an increase of $21.5 million in the average balances of such securities.

         Interest  expense on deposits  and  borrowed  funds  increased  for the
fiscal year 1998,  compared to 1997,  principally  as a result of a  significant
increase in total deposits and borrowed funds and to a lesser extent an increase
in the average  cost of deposits.  The increase in interest  expense on deposits
was  primarily  due to an  increase in the average  balance of  certificates  of
deposit.  Average  certificates of deposit  increased $17.1 million,  or 97.44%,
from $17.6  million for the year ended  September  30, 1997 to $34.7 million for
the year ended September 30, 1998, while the average rate paid thereon decreased
from 5.71% for the year ended  September 30, 1997 to 5.66% for 1998. The average
rate paid for deposits  increased from 5.33% for fiscal 1997 to 5.42% for fiscal
1998  and  was  coupled  with  an  increase  of  $18.6  million  in the  average
outstanding  balance.  The combined  average cost of deposits and borrowings was
5.33% for fiscal 1998 compared to 5.42% for fiscal 1997.

         Comparative   Average  Balances  and  Interest  Income  Analysis.   The
following table presents the total dollar amount of interest income from average
interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant  yields,  as  well as the  interest
expense on average interest-bearing  liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and
rates.  No  tax-equivalent  adjustments  were made and all average  balances are
average daily  balances.  Nonaccruing  loans have been included in the tables as
loans carrying a zero yield.

                                       43
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1998                               1997
                                                --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                            INTEREST    AVERAGE              INTEREST    AVERAGE
                                                 AVERAGE     INCOME/     YIELD/     AVERAGE   INCOME/     YIELD/
                                                 BALANCE     EXPENSE      RATE      BALANCE  EXPENSE      RATE
                                                ---------   ---------   --------   --------   ---------  ----------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>
ASSETS:                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Interest-earning assets:
  Real estate loans.............................  $29,079      $2,513     8.64%     $21,635      $2,070     9.57%
  Consumer loans................................      717          66     9.21        1,104          93     8.42
  Commercial business loans.....................      577          52     9.01        1,509          90     5.96
                                                  --------     ------               -------      ------
    Total loans.................................   30,373       2,631     8.66       24,248       2,253     9.29

  Investment securities.........................   15,300         901     5.89        2,154         141     6.55
  Mortgage-backed securities....................    8,337         479     5.75           --          --       --
                                                  -------      ------               -------      ------

    Total interest-earning assets                  54,010      $4,011     7.43       26,402      $2,394     9.07
                                                               ======     ----      -------      ======     ----

Non-earning assets..............................    2,396                             1,673
                                                  -------                           -------
    Total assets................................  $56,406                           $28,075
                                                  =======                           =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Savings accounts..............................  $   844      $   30     3.55%     $   772      $   28     3.63%
  Now and money market
    accounts....................................    4,352         168     3.86        2,977         103     3.46
  Certificates of deposit.......................   34,719       1,965     5.66       17,585       1,004     5.71
                                                  -------      ------               -------      ------
    Total deposits..............................   39,915       2,163     5.42       21,334       1,135     5.32

  FHLB advances.................................    5,358         286     5.34        2,867         156     5.44
  Other borrowings..............................    2,015         114     5.66           --          --       --
                                                  -------      ------     ----      -------      ------    -----
    Total interest-bearing
      liabilities...............................   47,288      $2,563     5.42       24,201      $1,291     5.33
                                                  -------      ======     ----      -------      ======     ----

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
  Noninterest-bearing demand
     deposits...................................    2,153                             1,716
  Other liabilities.............................    1,043                               191
                                                  -------                           -------
    Total liabilities...........................   50,484                            26,108
Stockholders' equity............................    5,922                             1,967
                                                  -------                           -------
    Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity.....................  $56,406                           $28,075
                                                  =======                           =======
Net interest income.............................               $1,448                            $1,103
                                                               ======                            ======
Interest rate spread............................                           2.01%                             3.74%
                                                                           ====                              =====
Net interest margin.............................                           2.68%                             4.18%
                                                                           ====                              =====
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>

         Rate/Volume Analysis.  The following table presents certain information
regarding  changes in  interest  income and  interest  expense  attributable  to
changes in interest rates and changes in volume of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities for the periods indicated.  The change in interest
attributable  to both rate and volume has been  allocated to the changes in rate
and volume on a pro rata basis.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                          1998 V. 1997
                                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                                     CHANGE ATTRIBUTABLE TO
                                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                               VOLUME        RATE          TOTAL
                                                                              ---------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Real estate loans..........................................................      $  712       $  (269)      $   443
Consumer loans.............................................................         (33)            6           (27)
Commercial business loans..................................................         (55)           17           (38)
                                                                                 ------       -------       -------
     Total loans...........................................................         624          (246)          378
Investment securities......................................................         861          (101)          760
Mortgage-backed securities.................................................          --           479           479
                                                                                 ------       -------       -------

     Total interest-earning assets.........................................      $1,485       $   132        $1,617
                                                                                 ======       =======        ======

Savings accounts...........................................................   $       3     $      (1)    $       2
Now and money market accounts..............................................          48            17            65
Certificates of deposit....................................................         978           (17)          961
                                                                                 ------       -------       -------
     Total deposits........................................................       1,029            (1)        1,028
FHLB advances..............................................................         135            (5)          130
Other borrowings...........................................................          --           114           114
                                                                                 ------       -------       -------
     Total interest-bearing liabilities....................................      $1,164       $   108        $1,272
                                                                                 ======       =======        ======
Change in net interest income..............................................     $   321      $     24       $   345
                                                                                =======      ========       =======

</TABLE>


         Provision  for Loan Losses.  The  provision  for loan losses  decreased
$328,000 from $487,000  provided during fiscal 1997 to $159,000  provided during
fiscal 1998.  The reduction in the provision in fiscal 1998 is directly  related
to an improvement in credit quality over that time period coupled with a decline
in non-performing  loans.  Charge-offs  increased to $362,000 during fiscal year
1998  from  $140,000  during  fiscal  year  1997 as new  management  took a more
aggressive posture on assessing collectability in classifying loans.

         Noninterest  Income.  The following  table presents a comparison of the
components of noninterest income.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEARS ENDED
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,                       DIFFERENCE
                                                    ------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                        1998             1997            AMOUNT              %
                                                    -------------    -------------    ------------     -------------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
Noninterest income:                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   Gain on sale of loans..........................      $5,774           $3,261          $2,513         77.06%
   Service fees on loans..........................         412              231             181         78.35
   Service fees on deposits.......................          25               26              (1)        (3.85)
   Other operating income.........................          58               10              48        480.00
                                                        ------           ------          ------
      Total noninterest income....................      $6,269           $3,528          $2,741         77.69%
                                                        ======           ======          ======         =====
</TABLE>

         Noninterest income increased during the fiscal year ended September 30,
1998,  compared to fiscal year 1997,  primarily  as a result of the  increase in
gain on sale of loans  coupled with the increase in service fees on loans,  both
of which  related to an  increased  volume of loan  originations  and sales as a
result of the company's  mortgage banking  activities.  The significant level of
gains during fiscal 1998 resulted  from the company  taking  advantage of record
loan  origination  volumes  resulting from home loan refinancing and a declining
interest rate environment which enabled the company to sell loans at a gain.


                                       45
<PAGE>


         During fiscal 1998, the company  originated  $272.7 million in mortgage
loans  compared with $146.8  million  originated  during fiscal 1997. The $125.9
million increase in loan  originations was largely  attributable to decreases in
interest rates and an increase in home mortgage refinancing.  During fiscal year
1998, substantially all loans originated were sold in the secondary market, with
servicing  released.  Loan  sales in fiscal  1998  amounted  to  $243.0  million
compared to sales of $136.8 million during fiscal 1997.  Sales of loans resulted
in gains of $5.8  million and $3.3  million for the fiscal year ended  September
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The ability to generate gains from the sale of
loans  should  continue in the future;  however,  the level of future gains will
depend upon the dollar amount of loans sold and economic conditions.

         Noninterest  Expense.  The following table presents a comparison of the
components of noninterest expense.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  YEARS ENDED
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,                  DIFFERENCE
                                                           ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                              1998            1997         AMOUNT             %
                                                           -----------    ------------   -----------     -----------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>          <C>              <C>
Noninterest expense:                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   Compensation and employee benefits....................       $3,748          $2,996       $   752          25.10%
   Occupancy.............................................          498             325           173          53.23
   Professional services.................................          193             130            63          48.46
   Advertising...........................................          568              37           531       1,435.14
   Deposit insurance premium.............................           95              98            (3)         (3.06)
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment.....................          203             160            43          26.88
   Data processing.......................................          132              91            41          45.05
   Loss from foreclosed real estate......................           34             241          (207)        (85.89)
   Other operating expense...............................        1,166             699           467          66.81
                                                                ------          ------        ------
     Total noninterest expense...........................       $6,637          $4,777        $1,860          38.94%
                                                                ======          ======        ======          =====
</TABLE>

         Noninterest  expense increased to $6.6 million in fiscal 1998 from $4.8
million in fiscal 1997.  Compensation and employee  benefits  expense  comprised
56.47% of total noninterest expense in the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998,
compared  to 62.72% in fiscal  year 1997.  Compensation  and  employee  benefits
increased  between  fiscal  1997 and fiscal  1998  mainly  because of  increased
staffing of the branch network,  the hiring of additional  administrative  staff
and an increase in commissions to loan officers due to increased loan production
and the related employee benefit cost associated with increases in compensation.
Net  occupancy  expenses  increased  from  fiscal  1997 to  fiscal  1998  due to
expansion  of the  branch  network  which  increased  from  two  branches  as of
September  30,  1997 to four  branches as of  September  30, 1998 as well as the
acquisition of additional administrative space to handle the current and planned
growth  of  the  bank  and  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage.  Professional  services
increased  from  fiscal  1997 to fiscal  1998 due to the  growth  of the  branch
network.  Advertising  expense  increased  from  fiscal  1997  to  fiscal  1998,
reflecting the company's  increased  marketing  efforts relating to both deposit
and loan products.  Other expenses increased in the fiscal year 1998 compared to
fiscal  1997 due  primarily  to the cost  associated  with the branch  expansion
program and the increase in loan originations and sales related to the company's
mortgage banking activities.

         Income  Taxes.  The company  files a  consolidated  federal  income tax
return with its subsidiaries and computes its income tax provision or benefit on
a consolidated  basis.  The income tax provision in fiscal year 1998 amounted to
$311,000  compared to no provision  in fiscal year 1997 due to operating  losses
incurred during the year.

         We  recorded a deferred  tax asset of  $1,545,000,  net of a  valuation
allowance  of  $548,000  at  September  30,  1998.  During the fiscal year ended
September  30, 1998 the company  increased its deferred tax asset by $642,000 by
reducing  goodwill  associated with the  acquisition of the bank.  Based on past
operating  performance  under  current  management,  we believe  that it is more
likely than not that the net deferred tax asset recorded will be realized.


                                       46
<PAGE>



         At September 30, 1998 the company had net operating loss  carryforwards
for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $1.7  million  which are
available to offset future federal  taxable income,  if any,  through 2011. As a
result  of the  change in  ownership  of the  bank,  the  amount of any tax loss
carryforward  usage is  restricted  to an  annual  limitation  of  approximately
$114,000.

 COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

GENERAL

         At September 30, 1998 the company's total assets were $107.3 million as
compared to $31.6 million at September 30, 1997,  which  represented an increase
of  239.6%.   The  bank's   overall  asset  size  and  customer  base  increased
significantly  during  fiscal  year  1998 and this  growth is  reflected  in the
consolidated  statements of financial  condition and  statements of  operations.
Stockholders'  equity increased  significantly by $5.3 million,  or 336%, during
fiscal 1998 as composed to fiscal 1997.  The  increase is  primarily  due to the
acquisition  and  recapitalization  of the bank in October 1997 and, to a lesser
extent, the net income recognized by the company during fiscal 1998.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

         General. Net loans receivable at September 30, 1998 were $25.5 million,
an increase of $6.6  million or 34.9% from the $18.9  million  held at September
30, 1997. In the year ended  September 30, 1997, loan repayments and prepayments
approximately  equaled loan originations,  resulting in a modest decrease in the
bank's total loans, net. However, in the year ended September 30, 1998, the bank
increased loan originations, primarily of one- to four-family real estate loans.
This increase was  attributable  in significant  part to  refinancings  due to a
favorable  interest rate environment and a greater  acceptability by the bank to
refinancing  its own loans.  Loans held for sale  amounted  to $25.3  million at
September 30, 1998, compared to $10.0 million at September 30, 1997, an increase
of $15.3 million.  The increase in loans held for sale reflects expansion of the
mortgage-banking activities of the bank resulting from the recapitalization that
occurred when the company acquired the bank.


                                       47
<PAGE>

         The following table sets forth the bank's loan originations,  sales and
principal repayments for the periods indicated:



                                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       1998          1997
                                                   ------------   -----------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
Total loans at beginning of period (1)..........      $  32,520     $  30,780
                                                      ---------     ---------
Originations of loans for investment:
   Single-family residential....................         11,463         1,272
   Multi-family residential.....................             --            --
   Commercial real estate.......................            458           180
   Construction.................................          5,352         6,526
   Land loans...................................          1,705            --
   Second trust.................................            560           431
   Commercial business..........................            480           111
   Consumer.....................................              93           117
                                                      ----------    ----------
      Total originations for investment.........         20,111         8,637
Loans originated for resale by Greater
   Atlantic Mortgage ...........................        252,603       138,203
                                                      ---------     ---------
Total originations..............................        272,714       146,840
Repayments......................................        (14,400)      (11,537)
Sale of loans originated for resale by
   Greater Atlantic Mortgage....................       (237,228)     (133,563)
                                                      ---------     ---------
Net activity in loans...........................         21,086         1,740
                                                      ---------     ---------
Total loans at end of period(1).................      $  53,606     $  32,520
                                                      =========     =========

- -------------------------
(1)  Includes loans held for sale of $10.0 million and $6.2 million at September
     30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


                                       48
<PAGE>


         Loan  Portfolio.  The following table sets forth the composition of the
bank's loan  portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at
the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               -----------------------------------------------
                                                        1998                     1997
                                               ----------------------   ----------------------
                                                              % OF                     % OF
                                                             TOTAL                    TOTAL
                                                AMOUNT       LOANS       AMOUNT       LOANS
                                               ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>      <C>             <C>
Mortgage loans:
   Single-family(1)............................  $17,198        60.48%   $  8,778        38.96%
   Multi-family................................    1,189         4.18       1,653         7.34
   Construction................................    5,520        19.41       6,795        30.16
   Commercial real estate......................    2,246         7.90       2,555        11.34
   Land........................................       723        2.54       1,177         5.22
                                                 --------    --------     -------       ------
      Total mortgage loans.....................   26,876        94.51      20,958        93.02
                                                 --------    --------     -------       ------
Commercial business and consumer loans:
   Commercial business.........................      814         2.86         795         3.53
   Consumer:
      Home equity..............................      542         1.91         532         2.36
      Automobile...............................       99         0.35         192         0.85
      Other....................................      105         0.37          54         0.24
                                                 --------    --------     -------       ------
         Total commercial business and                                      1,573
            consumer loans.....................    1,560         5.49                     6.98
                                                 --------    --------     -------       ------
         Total loans...........................   28,436       100.00%     22,531       100.00%
                                                 --------    =========    -------       =======
Less:
   Allowance for loan losses...................     (578)                    (776)
   Loans in process............................   (2,276)                  (2,750)
   Unearned premium (discounts)................      (72)                    (150)
                                                 --------                 -------
        Loans receivable, net                    $25,510                  $18,855
                                                 ========                 =======
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1)  Includes  loans  secured  by  second  trusts on  single-family  residential
     property.

         Loan  Maturity.  The following  table shows the  remaining  contractual
maturity of the bank's  total loans at September  30,  1998.  The table does not
include the effect of future principal prepayments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    MULTI-        COMMERCIAL
                                                  ONE- TO         FAMILY AND       BUSINESS
                                                   FOUR-          COMMERCIAL          AND           TOTAL
                                               FAMILY (1)(2)      REAL ESTATE      CONSUMER         LOANS
                                              ---------------   ---------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>            <C>           <C>
Amounts due in:
   One year or less........................       $ 8,819            $3,373         $1,353        $13,545
   After one year:
   More than one year to three years.......         7,721               143             48          7,912
   More than three years to five years.....           721                --             49            770
   More than five years to 10 years........           652                --             --            652
   More than 10 years to 15 years..........         1,127                29             --          1,156
   More than 15 years......................         2,124                --             --          2,124
                                                  -------            ------         ------        -------
      Total amount due.....................       $21,164            $3,545         $1,450        $26,159
                                                  =======            ======         ======        =======

</TABLE>
- -----------------
(1) Net of loans in process of $2.3 million.
(2) Includes construction loans and land loans.


                                       49
<PAGE>




         The  following  table sets forth,  at September  30,  1998,  the dollar
amount of loans  contractually  due after  September 30, 1999,  and whether such
loans have fixed interest rates or adjustable  interest  rates. At September 30,
1998, the bank did not have any construction,  acquisition and development, land
or commercial business loans contractually due after September 30, 1999.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DUE AFTER SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------
                                                                      FIXED           ADJUSTABLE         TOTAL
                                                                 ----------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>               <C>             <C>
Real estate loans:
   One- to four-family.......................................          $11,281           $1,064          $12,345
   Multi-family and commercial...............................               29              143              172
                                                                       -------           ------          -------
      Total real estate loans................................           11,310            1,207           12,517
Consumer loans...............................................               97               --               97
                                                                       -------           ------          -------
      Total loans............................................          $11,407           $1,207          $12,614
                                                                       =======           ======          =======
</TABLE>

         Non-Performing  Assets and Impaired  Loans.  The  following  table sets
forth information regarding non-accrual loans and REO.


                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        1998            1997
                                                    -------------   ------------
Mortgage loans:                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   Single-family..................................       $     37      $   154
   Multi-family...................................            193          348
   Construction...................................             --           --
   Commercial real estate.........................             --           --
   Land...........................................             --           --
Commercial business...............................             --          150
Consumer..........................................             --           13
                                                         --------       -------
Total non-accrual loans...........................            230          665
REO...............................................             90          202
                                                         --------       -------
Total non-performing assets.......................       $    320       $  867
                                                         ========       =======
Non-performing loans to total loans held for
   investment.....................................           0.81%         2.95%
                                                         ========       ========
Total non-performing assets to total assets,
   at period end..................................           0.30%         2.75%
                                                         ========        =======

                                       50
<PAGE>


         Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following  table sets forth activity in
the bank's allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                                   1998                     1997
                                                              ------------------      --------------------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 <S>                                                                       <C>                       <C>
Balance at beginning of period............................       $   776                   $   429
Provisions................................................           159                       487
                                                                 -------                   -------
Charge-offs:
   Mortgage loans:
      Single-family.......................................             4                        --
      Multi-family........................................           155                        --
   Commercial business....................................           171                        96
   Consumer...............................................            32                        44
                                                                 -------                   -------
Total charge-offs.........................................           362                       140
Total recoveries..........................................             5                        --
                                                                 -------                   -------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries..............................          (357)                     (140)
                                                                 -------                   -------
Balance at end of period..................................       $   578                   $   776
                                                                 =======                   =======
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period
   to average loans outstanding during the period.........          1.18%                     0.58%
                                                                    ====                      ====
Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing
   loans at end of period.................................        251.30%                   116.69%
                                                                  ======                    ======
Allowance for loan losses to total loans..................          2.03%                     3.44%
                                                                    ====                      ====
</TABLE>

         The following table sets forth the bank's  allowance for loan losses in
each of the categories  listed at the dates indicated and the percentage of such
amounts  to the total  allowance  and the  percentage  of such  amounts to total
loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                               AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1998                         1997
                                                           ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                                       PERCENT OF                   PERCENT OF
                                                                   -------------------          -------------------
                                                                     TOTAL     TOTAL              TOTAL     TOTAL
                                                           AMOUNT  ALLOWANCE   LOANS    AMOUNT  ALLOWANCE   LOANS
                                                           ------- ---------  --------  ------  ---------  --------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>       <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
   Single-family.........................................     $ 47      8.13%     0.17%  $  46       5.93%     0.20%
   Multi-family..........................................      129     22.32      0.45     225      29.00      1.00
   Construction..........................................       57      9.86      0.20      70       9.02      0.31
   Commercial real estate................................       53      9.17      0.19      59       7.60      0.26
   Land..................................................       21      3.63      0.07      33       4.25      0.15
                                                                --      ----      ----      --       ----      ----
      Total mortgage loans...............................      307     53.11      1.08     433      55.80      1.92
                                                               ---     -----      ----     ---      -----      ----
COMMERCIAL AND CONSUMER:
   Commercial............................................       28      4.85      0.10     233      30.02      1.04
   Consumer:
      Home equity........................................       44      7.61      0.15      73       9.40      0.32
      Automobile.........................................        6      1.04      0.02      12       1.55      0.05
      Other..............................................       81     14.01      0.29       4       0.52      0.02
                                                                --     -----      ----       -       ----      ----
         Total commercial
            and consumer.................................      159     27.51      0.56     322      41.49      1.43
                                                               ---     -----      ----     ---      -----      ----
Unallocated..............................................      112     19.38      0.39      21       2.71      0.09
                                                               ---     -----      ----      --       ----      ----
Total....................................................     $578    100.00%     2.03%   $776     100.00%     3.44%
                                                              ====    ======      ====    ====     ======      ====
</TABLE>


                                       51
<PAGE>


INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

         Investments and mortgage-backed  securities increased from $1.0 million
at September 30, 1997 to $51.4 million at September 30, 1998.  Substantially all
securities  held by the company were  classified  as available for sale and were
used to leverage the bank's capital while new consumer and  commercial  products
were  developed  and  marketed.  The  company at times has held  securities  for
trading.  They are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the
near term,  generally  within 90 days. At September  30, 1998,  the company held
$241,000 of  securities  for  trading  purposes  consisting  of  corporate  debt
securities.

         The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost
and  estimated  market value of the bank's  investment  securities  at the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1998                              1997
                                                   ---------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                                   ESTIMATED                          ESTIMATED
                                                     AMORTIZED      MARKET          AMORTIZED          MARKET
                                                        COST         VALUE            COST              VALUE
                                                   ---------------------------    -------------   -----------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>               <C>                 <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
   Federal agency...............................         $  9,565     $  9,574          $    --             $    --
   U.S. Government..............................           22,561       22,638               --                  --
                                                         --------     --------        ---------            --------
      Total available for sale..................           32,126       32,212               --                  --
HELD-TO-MATURITY................................               --           --            1,005               1,005
                                                      -----------  -----------          -------             -------
      Total.....................................          $32,126      $32,212           $1,005              $1,005
                                                          =======      =======           ======              ======
INVESTMENT SECURITIES WITH:
   Fixed rates..................................          $ 9,565      $ 9,574           $1,005              $1,005
   Adjustable rates.............................           22,561       22,638               --                  --
                                                         --------     --------        ---------           ---------
      Total.....................................          $32,126      $32,212           $1,005              $1,005
                                                          =======      =======           ======              ======
HELD FOR TRADING SECURITIES(1)..................        $     247    $     241         $     --            $     --
                                                        =========    =========         ========            ========
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1)    Consists of corporate debt securities.

         The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost
and  estimated  market value of the bank's  mortgage-backed  securities  for the
periods indicated.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1998                              1997
                                                   -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                                       ESTIMATED                       ESTIMATED
                                                     AMORTIZED          MARKET        AMORTIZED         MARKET
                                                        COST             VALUE           COST            VALUE
                                                   --------------    -------------   ------------   ---------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                       <C>              <C>            <C>               <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
   REMICS.......................................          $ 2,559          $ 2,601        $    --           $    --
   FHLMC........................................            1,563            1,561             --                --
   FNMA.........................................           11,027           11,081             --                --
   GNMA.........................................            3,723            3,716             --                --
                                                          -------          -------        -------           -------
      Total.....................................          $18,872          $18,959        $    --           $    --
                                                          =======          =======        =======           =======
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES WITH:
   Fixed rates..................................         $  9,566         $  9,678        $    --           $    --
   Adjustable rates.............................            9,306            9,281             --                --
                                                          -------          -------        -------           -------
      Total.....................................          $18,872          $18,959        $    --           $    --
                                                          =======          =======        =======           =======
</TABLE>

                                       52
<PAGE>
SOURCES OF FUNDS

         Deposits.  Because  the  bank has  aggressively  marketed  its  deposit
products,  expanded its branch  network and used  brokered  deposits to fund its
mortgage-banking  activities,  total  deposits  increased  to $76.3  million  at
September  30, 1998 from $28.4  million at September  30,  1997,  an increase of
168.92%.  Certificates  of deposit  accounted  for the  largest  portion of this
increase, up $38.7 million, of which $13.9 million were from brokered deposits.

         The following table sets forth the  distribution  and the rates paid on
each category of deposits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                                      1998                          1997
                          ----------------------------- -----------------------------
                                     PERCENT                      PERCENT
                                     OF TOTAL   RATE              OF TOTAL    RATE
                           BALANCE   DEPOSITS   PAID    BALANCE   DEPOSITS    PAID
                          ---------  --------  -------- ---------  --------  --------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                         <C>          <C>     <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>
Savings accounts.........   $   703      0.92%   3.00%   $    678     2.39%     3.00%

Now and money market
   accounts..............     6,761      8.86    4.53      2,789      9.83      3.35

Certificates of deposit..    55,422     72.63    5.58     16,710     58.89      5.67

Noninterest-bearing deposits:

    Demand deposits......    13,425     17.59      --      8,200     28.89        --
                            -------    ------            -------    ------
        Total deposits...   $76,311    100.00%   4.48%   $28,377    100.00%     3.74%
                            =======    ======    ====    =======    ======      ====

</TABLE>


         The following table presents the amounts, the yields and the periods to
maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at September 30, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                       1998                AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                             ------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                               AMOUNT        RATE          AMOUNT          RATE
                                                             ----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>
BALANCES MATURING:                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Three months or less.....................................       $19,951       5.49%        $ 6,368          5.77%
Three months to one year.................................        29,557       5.61           9,619          5.61
One year to three years..................................         5,735       5.67             658          5.69
Over three years.........................................           179       5.77              65          5.33
                                                                -------                    -------
  Total..................................................       $55,422       5.58%        $16,710          5.67%
                                                                =======       ====         =======          ====
</TABLE>

         Borrowings.  Borrowings amounted to $22.0 million at September 30, 1998
an increase from the $1.3 million at September 30, 1997.  Borrowings are used to
arbitrage  both the  investment  securities  portfolio and the mortgage  banking
activities of the company. At September 30, 1998 and 1997,  borrowings consisted
solely of FHLB advances.

                                       53
<PAGE>

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AT OR FOR THE YEARS
                                                                               ENDED
                                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                     -------------------------
                                                                        1998          1997
                                                                     -----------   -----------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
FHLB advances:
   Average balance outstanding..................................         $ 5,358        $2,867
                                                                         =======        ======
   Maximum amount outstanding at any
     month-end during the period................................         $22,000        $2,600
                                                                         =======        ======
   Balance outstanding at end of period.........................         $22,000        $1,250
                                                                         =======        ======
   Weighted average interest rate during the period.............            5.34%         5.44%
                                                                         =======        ======
   Weighted average interest rate at end of period..............            6.00%         6.55%
                                                                         =======        ======
Reverse repurchase agreements:
  Average balance outstanding...................................         $ 2,015       $    --
                                                                         =======        ======
  Maximum amount outstanding at any
    month-end during the period.................................         $ 3,971       $    --
                                                                         =======        ======
  Balance outstanding at end of period..........................         $    --       $    --
                                                                         =======        ======
  Weighted average interest rate during the period..............            5.66%           --%
                                                                         =======        ======
  Weighted average interest rate at end of period...............              --%           --%
                                                                         =======        ======

</TABLE>


ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

         The primary  objective of  asset/liability  management is to ensure the
steady growth of the company's primary earnings  component,  net interest income
and the maintenance of reasonable  levels of capital  independent of fluctuating
interest  rates.  Interest rate risk can be defined as the  vulnerability  of an
institution's  financial  condition and/or results of operations to movements in
interest rates. Interest rate risk, or sensitivity,  arises when the maturity or
repricing  characteristics  of assets differ  significantly from the maturity or
repricing characteristics of liabilities.  Management endeavors to structure the
balance  sheet  so that  repricing  opportunities  exist  for  both  assets  and
liabilities  in  roughly  equivalent  amounts  at  approximately  the same  time
intervals to maintain interest rate risk at an acceptable level.

         Management oversees the  asset/liability  management function and meets
periodically  to monitor and manage the structure of the balance sheet,  control
interest rate exposure,  and evaluate  pricing  strategies for the company.  The
asset mix of the  balance  sheet is  continually  evaluated  in terms of several
variables:  yield,  credit quality,  appropriate  funding sources and liquidity.
Management  of the  liability  mix of the balance sheet focuses on expanding the
company's various funding sources.  At times,  depending on the level of general
interest rates,  the relationship  between long- and short-term  interest rates,
market  conditions  and  competitive  factors,  we may determine to increase our
interest  rate risk  position in order to increase our net interest  margin.  We
monitor interest rate risk and adjust the composition of interest-related assets
and  liabilities  in order to limit our  exposure to changes in interest  income
over time.

                                       54
<PAGE>



         We manage our  exposure to interest  rates by  structuring  the balance
sheet in the ordinary course of business. We currently emphasize adjustable rate
loans  and/or loans that mature in a  relatively  short period when  compared to
single-family residential loans. In addition, to the extent possible, we attempt
to attract  longer-term  deposits.  We have not entered into instruments such as
leveraged  derivatives,  structured notes,  interest rate swaps,  caps,  floors,
financial options, financial futures contracts or forward delivery contracts for
the purpose of reducing interest rate risk.

         One of the ways we monitor interest rate risk is through an analysis of
the   relationship   between   interest-earning   assets  and   interest-bearing
liabilities  to measure the impact that  future  changes in interest  rates will
have on net interest  income.  An interest rate sensitive  asset or liability is
one that,  within a defined  time  period,  either  matures  or  experiences  an
interest rate change in line with general market interest rates.  The management
of interest  rate risk is  performed by  analyzing  the  maturity and  repricing
relationships between  interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities
at specific points in time ("GAP") and by analyzing the effects of interest rate
changes on net interest  income over specific  periods of time by projecting the
performance  of the mix of  assets  and  liabilities  in  varied  interest  rate
environments.  Interest rate  sensitivity  reflects the potential  effect on net
interest  income of a movement in interest  rates. A company is considered to be
asset   sensitive,   or  to  have  a  positive  GAP,  when  the  amount  of  its
interest-earning  assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the
amount of its  interest-bearing  liabilities  also maturing or repricing  within
that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive,
or to have a negative GAP, when the amount of its  interest-bearing  liabilities
maturing  or  repricing  within  a  given  period  exceeds  the  amount  of  its
interest-earning  assets also  maturing or  repricing  within that time  period.
During a period  of  rising  interest  rates,  a  negative  GAP  tends to affect
adversely  net  interest  income,  while a  positive  GAP  tends to result in an
increase in net interest  income.  During a period of falling  interest rates, a
negative  GAP tends to result in an increase  in net  interest  income,  while a
positive GAP tends to affect net interest income adversely.


         The  table  below  illustrates  the  maturities  or  repricing  of  the
company's assets and liabilities, including noninterest-bearing sources of funds
to specific  periods at March 31, 1999.  Estimates  and  assumptions  concerning
prepayment  rates of major asset  categories are based on  information  obtained
from the FHLB of Atlanta on projected  prepayment levels on mortgage-backed  and
related securities and decay rates on savings, now and money market accounts. We
believe that such information is consistent with our current experience.



                                       55
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 90 DAYS     91 DAYS TO    181 DAYS TO  ONE YEAR TO   THREE YEARS TO  FIVE YEARS
MATURING OR REPRICING PERIODS     OR LESS     180 DAYS      ONE YEAR    THREE YEARS     FIVE YEARS     OR MORE       TOTAL
- -----------------------------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   -------------   ----------   ----------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>         <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans:
   Adjustable and balloon....     $  5,821       $10,279      $   338     $   1,633      $      946      $   149     $ 19,166
   Fixed-rate (1)............        1,743           161          312         1,076             846        2,131        6,269
   Second mortgages(2).......          367            50           93           294             199          295        1,298
   Commercial business.......        1,690            --           --            --             370           --        2,060
   Consumer..................        4,126            17           30            65              --           --        4,238

Investment securities........       46,921            --           --            --              --        4,840       51,761
Mortgage-backed securities...        1,467         4,669        6,776         5,739           4,600        8,129       31,380
                                   -------       -------    ---------    ----------        --------        -----     --------

      Total..................       62,135        15,176        7,549         8,807           6,961       15,544      116,172
                                   -------       -------    ---------    ----------        --------        -----     --------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
   Savings accounts..........       $   42          $ 40         $ 75          $239            $156         $373        $ 925
   Now accounts..............          180           160          271           560             150          332        1,653
   Money market accounts.....        5,233         3,542        4,021         1,782             848          554       15,980
   Certificates of deposit...       25,220        18,692       34,813        10,611             541           --       89,877

Borrowings:
   FHLB advances.............        5,000            --           --            --              --           --        5,000
   Other borrowings..........           --            --           --            --             --            --           --
                                   -------       -------    ---------    ----------        --------        -----     --------

      Total..................       35,675        22,434       39,180        13,192           1,695        1,259      113,435
                                   -------       -------    ---------    ----------        --------        -----     --------

GAP..........................      $26,460       $(7,258)    $(31,631)    $  (4,385)        $ 5,266      $14,285    $   2,737
                                   =======       =======   ==========    ==========        ========      =======    =========
CUMULATIVE GAP...............      $26,460       $19,202     $(12,429)     $(16,814)      $ (11,548)     $ 2,737
                                   =======       =======   ===========   ==========       =========      =======
RATIO OF CUMULATIVE GAP TO
TOTAL ASSETS.................        21.02%        15.25%       (9.87)%      (13.36)%         (9.17)%       2.17%
                                     =====         =====        =====        ======           =====         ====
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------

(1)      Includes  $783,000  of  loans  held  for  sale  in the 90  days or less
         repricing period.
(2)      Includes $314,000 million of loans held for sale in the 90 days or less
         repricing period.


                                       56
<PAGE>


         As indicated in the interest rate  sensitivity  table, the twelve-month
cumulative  gap,  representing  the total net  assets and  liabilities  that are
projected to reprice over the next twelve months, was liability sensitive in the
amount of $12.4 million at March 31, 1999.


         While the GAP position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk
and contributes toward effective asset and liability management, it is difficult
to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on the measure,  without
accounting for alterations in the maturity or repricing  characteristics  of the
balance  sheet  that occur  during  changes in market  interest  rates.  The GAP
position reflects only the prepayment assumptions pertaining to the current rate
environment  and assets tend to prepay more rapidly  during periods of declining
interest rates than during periods of rising interest rates.

         Other factors  affecting net interest  income are interest rate changes
on variable  rate loans.  The amount of change will depend on how variable  loan
rates are determined,  and time lags may delay rate increases. A loan's interest
rate may be capped and not be  adjustable  in a single  period  above or below a
predetermined  rate. While interest rate changes will not affect the rate earned
on fixed rate loans if interest  rates rise,  the  interest  earned will be less
than what could be obtained on a current  market rate  investment or if the loan
had a variable rate of interest that adjusted with market conditions.

         Because  of  these  and  other  factors  not  contemplated  by the  GAP
position,  an institution  could have a matched GAP position in the current rate
environment and still have its net interest income exposed to increased interest
rate risk.

         Management uses two other analyses to manage interest rate risk: (1) an
earnings at risk  analysis to develop an estimate of the direction and magnitude
of the change in net  interest  income if rates move up or down 100 to 300 basis
points; and (2) a value-at-risk analysis to estimate the direction and magnitude
of the change in net  portfolio  value if rates move up or down 100 to 200 basis
points.  Currently we use a sensitivity of net interest income analysis prepared
by the FHLB of Atlanta to measure  earnings-at-risk  and the OTS  Interest  Rate
Risk Exposure Report to measure value-at-risk.


         The  following  table sets forth the  earnings  at risk  analysis  that
measures the  sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates at
March 31, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              NET INTEREST INCOME SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      BASIS POINT        PERCENT
   CHANGES IN       NET INTEREST         CHANGE           CHANGE
   RATE (BP)           MARGIN          FROM BASE        FROM BASE
- ----------------   --------------    --------------   --------------
<S>                      <C>              <C>              <C>
    + 300                2.14%            (0.18)%          (9.18)%
    + 200                2.09             (0.13)           (6.63)
    + 100                2.03             (0.07)           (3.57)
       --                1.96                --               --
    - 100                1.90             (0.06)           (3.06)
    - 200                1.84             (0.12)           (6.12)
    - 300                1.79             (0.17)           (8.67)
</TABLE>

         The table  indicates that, if interest rates increase 200 basis points,
net interest margin, as measured as a percent of total assets, would increase by
13 basis  points or 6.63%.  Conversely,  if interest  rates  decrease  200 basis
points net interest  margin,  as a percent of total assets,  would decline by 12
basis points


                                       57
<PAGE>



or 6.12%. The primary reason for this minimal change is because the negative one
year cumulative GAP position of $12.4 million is offset by the bank's investment
of $28.7  million  in  investment  securities  that are tied to the prime  rate,
adjust  on a monthly  or  quarterly  basis  and do not have a period  cap or, in
certain instances, do not have a lifetime cap. Of this $28.7 million investment,
$9.2 million adjusts on a monthly basis and $11.1 million adjusts on a quarterly
basis and does not have a period or lifetime cap. The remaining $8.4 million, of
which $6.3 million adjusts  quarterly and $2.1 million adjusts  monthly,  has an
average  lifetime  cap of 13.04% but is not limited to a period cap.  The bank's
investment in these  securities  tends to neutralize the benefit or detriment of
the fixed rate investments and loans in the bank's portfolio.


         The net  interest  income  sensitivity  analysis  does not  represent a
forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating
results.  The estimates  used are based upon the assumption as to the nature and
timing of interest  rate levels  including  the shape of the yield curve.  These
estimates  have been  developed  based upon  current  economic  conditions;  the
company  cannot  make  any  assurances  as to the  predictive  nature  of  these
assumptions  including how customer  preferences or competitor  influences might
change.

         As  market  conditions  vary  from  those  assumed  in the  sensitivity
analysis,  actual results will also differ due to:  prepayment  and  refinancing
levels likely deviating from those assumed,  the varying impact of interest rate
changes on caps or floors on adjustable rate loans;  depositor early withdrawals
and product  preference  changes;  and other  internal and  external  variables.
Further, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that management might
take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.

         Interest  rate risk is the  potential of economic  losses due to future
interest  rate  changes.  These  economic  losses can be  reflected as a loss of
future net interest income as  demonstrated  above and/or a loss of current fair
market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and
to adjust the balance  sheet to minimize  the inherent  risk,  while at the same
time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent; the goal
is to identify, monitor and accept the risks.

         We apply a net  portfolio  value (NPV)  analysis to gauge our  interest
rate risk exposure as derived from the OTS Interest Rate Risk simulation  model.
Generally NPV is the discounted present value of the difference between incoming
cash flows on  interest-earning  assets and other  investments and outgoing cash
flows on interest  bearing  liabilities  in addition to the present value of net
expected cash flows from existing  off-balance sheet contracts.  The application
of the  methodology  attempts to quantify  interest  rate risk by measuring  the
change  in the NPV  that  would  result  from a  theoretical  instantaneous  and
sustained 200 basis point shift in market interest rates.


                                       58
<PAGE>



         Presented  below,  as of March 31, 1999, is an analysis of our interest
rate risk as measured by changes in NPV for parallel  shifts of 200 basis points
in market interest rates:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NET PORTFOLIO VALUE AS A PERCENT OF THE
                                                           PRESENT VALUE OF ASSETS
                        NET PORTFOLIO VALUE         -------------------------------------
                   ------------------------------
   CHANGES IN         DOLLAR           PERCENT        NET PORTFOLIO          CHANGE IN
   RATES (BP)         CHANGE           CHANGE          VALUE RATIO           NPV RATIO
- ----------------   ------------     -------------   ------------------    ---------------
                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                  <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>
   + 200             $(4,353)          (50.95)%          3.42%                 (3.28)%
   + 100              (1,973)          (23.09)           5.25                  (1.45)
      --                  --               --            6.70                     --
   - 100               1,500            17.56            7.75                   1.05
   - 200               2,600            30.43            8.48                   1.78

</TABLE>


         The  decline in net  portfolio  value of $4.4  million or 50.95% in the
event of a 200 basis point  increase in rates is a result of the current  amount
of fixed rate loans held by us as of March 31, 1999.  The  foregoing  decline in
NPV in the event of an increase in interest rates of 200 basis points  currently
exceeds the company's  internal board guidelines.  However,  upon receipt of the
capital  expected to be raised in the offering,  a similar  increase in interest
rates of 200 basis  points  would  result in a decline in NPV that would be well
within the company's internal board guidelines.


         As with any method of gauging  interest  rate risk,  there are  certain
shortcomings  inherent in the NPV  methodology.  The model assumes interest rate
changes are instantaneous  parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality,  rate
changes are rarely  instantaneous.  The use of the  simplifying  assumption that
short-term  and  long-term  rates  change by the same  degree may also  misstate
historical  rate  patterns,  which  rarely show  parallel  yield  curve  shifts.
Further,  the model  assumes  that  certain  assets and  liabilities  of similar
maturity or repricing will react  identically  to changes in rates.  In reality,
the  market  value of  certain  types of  financial  instruments  may  adjust in
anticipation  of changes in market rates,  while any adjustment in the valuation
of other  types of  financial  instruments  may lag behind the change in general
market rates. Additionally, the NPV methodology does not reflect the full impact
of  contractual  restrictions  on changes in rates for certain  assets,  such as
adjustable rate loans.  When interest rates change,  actual loan prepayments and
early  withdrawals  from  time  deposits  may  deviate  significantly  from  the
assumptions  used in the model.  Finally,  this  methodology does not measure or
reflect the impact that higher rates may have on the ability of  adjustable-rate
loan  clients to service  their debt.  All of these  factors are  considered  in
monitoring our exposure to interest rate risk.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         Liquidity. The bank's primary sources of funds are deposits,  principal
and interest payments on loans,  mortgage-backed  and investment  securities and
borrowings. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are predictable
sources of funds,  deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced
by general interest rates,  economic  conditions and  competition.  The bank has
continued  to maintain the  required  levels of liquid  assets as defined by OTS
regulations.  This requirement of the OTS, which may be changed at the direction
of the OTS depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a
percentage of deposits and short-term borrowings.  The


                                       59
<PAGE>




bank's  currently  required  liquidity  ratio is 4.00%.  At March 31, 1999,  the
bank's  actual  liquidity  ratio was  18.85%.  The bank  manages  its  liquidity
position  and  demands  for  funding  primarily  by  investing  excess  funds in
short-term  investments  and  utilizing  FHLB  advance  and  reverse  repurchase
agreements in periods when the bank's demands for liquidity  exceed funding from
deposit inflows.

         The bank's most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities
available-for-sale  and  trading  securities.  The  levels of these  assets  are
dependent on the bank's operating,  financing,  lending and investing activities
during  any given  period.  At March 31,  1999,  cash and cash  equivalents  and
securities available-for-sale totalled $87.2 million, or 69.23% of total assets.

         The primary  investing  activities of the bank are the  origination  of
residential one- to four-family loans, commercial real estate loans, real estate
construction and development loans,  commercial borrowing and consumer loans and
the purchase of United States  Treasury and agency  securities,  mortgage-backed
and mortgage-related securities and other investment securities.  During the six
months  ended March 31,  1999,  the bank's  loan  originations  totalled  $208.7
million.   Purchases  of  United   States   Treasury   and  agency   securities,
mortgage-backed and mortgage related securities and other investment  securities
totalled $43.7 million for the six months ended March 31, 1999.

         The bank has other sources of liquidity if a need for additional  funds
arises.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank had $5.0  million in advances  outstanding
from the FHLB and had an additional  overall borrowing capacity from the FHLB of
$27.0  million at that date.  Depending  on market  conditions,  the  pricing of
deposit  products  and FHLB  advances,  the bank  may  continue  to rely on FHLB
borrowings to fund asset growth.

         At March 31, 1999,  the bank had  commitments  to fund loans and unused
outstanding  lines of credit,  unused standby  letters of credit and undisbursed
proceeds of construction  mortgages totaling $18.8 million. The bank anticipates
that  it  will  have  sufficient  funds  available  to  meet  its  current  loan
origination commitments. Certificate accounts, including IRA and Keogh accounts,
which  are  scheduled  to mature  in less  than one year  from  March 31,  1999,
totalled $78.7 million. Based upon experience,  management believes the majority
of maturing  certificates  of deposit  will remain with the bank.  In  addition,
management  of the  bank  believes  that it can  adjust  the  rates  offered  on
certificates   of  deposit  to  retain   deposits  in  changing   interest  rate
environments.  In the event that a significant portion of these deposits are not
retained  by the bank,  the bank  would be able to  utilize  FHLB  advances  and
reverse repurchase agreements to fund deposit withdrawals, which would result in
an increase in interest expense to the extent that the average rate paid on such
borrowings exceeds the average rate paid on deposits of similar duration.

         Capital  Resources.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank  exceeded all minimum
regulatory  capital  requirements with a tangible capital level of $7.0 million,
or 5.58% of total  adjusted  assets,  which is above the required  level of $1.9
million,  or 1.50%;  core capital of $7.0  million,  or 5.58% of total  adjusted
assets,  which is above  the  required  level of $5.0  million,  or  4.00%;  and
risk-based capital of $7.6 million, or 12.86% of risk-weighted  assets, which is
above the required level of $3.0 million, or 8.00%.



                                       60
<PAGE>



YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

         As the year 2000 ("Year 2000") approaches,  an important business issue
has emerged  regarding how existing computer  application  software programs and
operating  systems can accommodate  change from the 1900s to the year 2000. Many
existing  application  software  products are designed to  accommodate  the date
field,  the  year,  with  only  two  digits.  If not  corrected,  many  computer
applications  and systems  could fail or create  erroneous  results by or at the
Year 2000 (the "Year 2000 Issue").  With respect to the bank,  computer  systems
are used to perform  financial  calculations,  track deposits and loan payments,
transfer funds and make direct  deposits.  Computer  software and computer chips
also  are  used to run  security  systems,  communications  networks  and  other
essential  equipment of the bank. While the bank maintains an internal  computer
system for many operating functions,  the majority of the bank's data processing
is out-sourced to a third party vendor. To become Year 2000 compliant,  the bank
is following  guidelines  suggested by federal bank regulatory  agencies and the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC").  A description of each of the
steps  and the  status  of the  bank's  efforts  in  completing  the steps is as
follows:

         In  July  1997,  the  bank  formed  a Year  2000  Committee  (the  "Y2K
Committee") and in connection  therewith has adopted a Year 2000 Policy. The Y2K
Committee  has  prepared a matrix  representing  an  overview  of all systems or
relationships  that could be affected by the Year 2000 Issue and has  identified
potential  problems  associated  with the Year 2000  Issue.  From this,  the Y2K
Committee  has  developed  and  implemented  a plan  designed to ensure that all
software used in connection  with the bank's business will manage and manipulate
data  involving the date  transition  from 1999 to 2000 and  thereafter  without
functional or data  abnormality and without  inaccurate  results related to such
data.


         The bank's ability to be Year 2000 compliant depends in large part upon
the  cooperation  of its  vendors  and  customers.  The  bank has  required  its
third-party computer systems and software vendors to represent that the products
provided are or will be Year 2000  compliant  and has planned and  implemented a
program of testing  for  compliance.  In  addition,  the  company  has  received
representations  from its primary third-party data processing vendor that it has
resolved all Year 2000 problems in its software and is Year 2000 compliant.  The
bank has  identified  and  instituted  all systems that could be affected by the
Year 2000 Issue, including a review of all major information technology and non-
information technology systems to determine how Year 2000 Issues affect them. In
connection with this system-wide review, the company has conducted an assessment
of which  systems  and  equipment  are most prone to placing the bank at risk if
they are not Year 2000 compliant (i.e.,  "mission-critical"  systems).  The bank
has  completed  testing of all of its  mission  critical  systems as well as its
minor hardware and software systems. The results confirmed that the applications
tested were Year 2000  compliant.  All Year 2000 issues for the bank,  including
testing and remediation, are expected to be completed by June 30, 1999. The bank
is in the process of preparing  brochures to distribute to its customers to make
them aware of the Year 2000 issue and the bank's preparations.

         The bank's  operations also may be affected by the Year 2000 compliance
of its  significant  suppliers and other  vendors,  including  those vendors who
provide  non-information  and technology systems. To a lesser extent, the bank's
operations  could be affected by the Year 2000  compliance  of  multi-family  or
commercial borrowers.  The bank has begun the process of requesting  information
related  to the Year 2000  compliance  of its  significant  suppliers  and other
vendors.



                                       61
<PAGE>



As of March 31, 1999, 98% of material third parties have represented to the bank
that they are Year 2000 compliant. The bank will terminate its relationship with
third parties who have not satisfied us that they are Year 2000 compliant  after
June 30,  1999.  In the event that any of the bank's  significant  suppliers  or
other  vendors do not  successfully  achieve  Year 2000  compliance  in a timely
manner,  the  bank's  business  or  operations  could  be  adversely   affected.
Accordingly, the bank has prepared a contingency plan, if required, in the event
that there are any system  interruptions and is preparing a business  resumption
plan  providing  for manual  maintenance  of  critical  accounts in the event of
failure. There can be no assurances,  however, that implementation of that plan,
if required, will be effective to remedy all potential problems.

         The bank is currently  engaged in an upgrade of its technology  systems
in addition to implementing its Year 2000 policy and has budgeted  approximately
$126,000  in  connection  with the costs  associated  with  achieving  Year 2000
compliance and related  technology  systems upgrades.  As of March 31, 1999, the
bank had  expended  approximately  $45,000  on Year 2000  remediation.  Material
costs,  if any, that may arise from the failure to achieve Year 2000  compliance
by either the  bank's  third-party  data  processing  vendor or its  significant
suppliers and other vendors is not currently determinable.


         To the  extent  that  the  bank's  systems  are  not  fully  Year  2000
compliant, there can be no assurance that potential systems interruptions or the
cost necessary to update software would not have a materially  adverse effect on
the bank's business,  financial condition,  results of operations, cash flows or
business  prospects.  The  bank's  efforts  to become  Year 2000  compliant  are
monitored by its federal banking  regulators.  Failure to be Year 2000 compliant
could subject the bank to formal  supervisory or enforcement  actions.  The bank
presently believes that the Year 2000 Issue will not pose significant  operating
problems for the bank.  However,  if  implementation  and testing  plans are not
completed in a satisfactory  and timely manner by third parties on whom the bank
depends,  or if other unforseen  problems arise,  then the Year 2000 Issue could
potentially have an adverse effect on the operations of the bank.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

         The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and Notes  thereto  presented
herein have been  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP,  which  provides  for the
measurement of financial  position and operating  results  generally in terms of
historical  dollar  amounts  without  considering  the  changes in the  relative
purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is
reflected in the increased cost of the company's  operations.  Unlike industrial
companies,  nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the company are monetary
in nature.  As a result,  interest  rates have a greater impact on the company's
performance  than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates
do not  necessarily  move in the same  direction  or to the same  extent  as the
prices of goods and services.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

         In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
Income  ("SFAS  130").  SFAS 130  establishes  standards  for the  reporting and
display of  comprehensive  income,  its  components  and  accumulated  balances.
Comprehensive  income is defined to include all changes in equity  except  those
resulting from investments by owners and  distributions  to owners.  Among other
disclosures, SFAS 130 requires that all

                                       62
<PAGE>



items that are required to be recognized under current  accounting  standards as
components of comprehensive  income be reported in a financial statement that is
displayed with the same  prominence as other financial  statements.  The company
adopted SFAS 130 effective October 1, 1998.

         In June 1997, FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 131,  Disclosure about Segments of a Business  Enterprise ("SFAS 131"). SFAS
131 establishes standards for the way that public enterprises report information
about operating  segments in interim financial  statements issued to the public.
It also establishes  standards for disclosures  regarding products and services,
geographic areas and major  customers.  SFAS 131 defines  operating  segments as
components  of an  enterprise  about which  separate  financial  information  is
available and that is evaluated  regularly by the chief operating decision maker
in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  The company
will be required to adopt SFAS 131 by September 30, 1999.

         In June 1998, FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments"  ("SFAS  133").  SFAS  133
establishes  accounting and reporting  standards for derivative  instruments and
for  hedging  activities.  SFAS  133  requires  that  an  entity  recognize  all
derivatives  as either assets or  liabilities  and measure those  instruments at
fair market value.  Under certain  circumstances,  a portion of the derivative's
gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive  income
and subsequently reclassified into income when the transaction affects earnings.
For a derivative  not  designated as a hedging  instrument,  the gain or loss is
recognized  in income in the period of change.  The company  will be required to
adopt  SFAS  133 by  October  1,  2000.  Presently,  the  company  does  not use
derivative   instruments   either  in  hedging  activities  or  as  investments.
Accordingly,  the  company  believes  that  adoption  of SFAS 133  will  have no
material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

         In  October  1998,  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
Standards No. 134, "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained after the
Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held For Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise"
("SFAS  134").  SFAS 134  establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards for
certain  activities of mortgage banking  enterprises and other  enterprises that
conduct operations that are substantially  similar to the primary obligations of
a  mortgage  banking   enterprise.   This  statement  requires  that  after  the
securitization  of mortgage  loans held for sale, an entity  engaged in mortgage
banking activities  classify the resulting  mortgage-backed  securities or other
retained  interests  based  on its  ability  and  intent  to sell or hold  those
investments.  The company  will be required to adopt SFAS 134 during the quarter
ended  December 31, 1999.  Presently,  the company's  mortgage  company does not
securitize mortgage loans held for sale. Accordingly,  the company believes that
adoption of SFAS 134 will have no material  impact on its financial  position or
results of operations.

PROPERTIES


         We  currently  conduct  our  business  from four  full-service  banking
offices  and  our  administrative   office.  We  intend  to  acquire  additional
facilities including additional branch offices,  consistent with our strategy to
grow the bank. The following table sets forth the company's  offices as of March
31, 1999.


                                       63
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         NET BOOK
                                                                                           VALUE
                                                                                        OF PROPERTY OR
                                                                                          LEASEHOLD
                                                           ORIGINAL                      IMPROVEMENTS
                                                             YEAR        DATE OF             AT
                                               LEASED OR    LEASED OR     LEASE           MARCH 31,
LOCATION                                         OWNED      ACQUIRED    EXPIRATION          1999
- ----------                                    ----------   ----------  -------------   --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>        <C>                <C>
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE:
10700 Parkridge Boulevard
Reston, Virginia                                Leased        1998       03-31-03            $ 51

BRANCH OFFICES:
11834 Rockville Pike
Rockville, Maryland 20852                       Leased        1998       06-15-05             383

8070 Ritchie Highway
Pasadena, Maryland 21122                        Leased        1998       08-31-08              30

250 N. Glebe Road
Arlington, Virginia 22203                       Leased        1998       03-31-03              32

1025 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036                          Leased        1998       07-31-08             295

GREATER ATLANTIC MORTGAGE OFFICE:
8230 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna, Virginia 22182                          Leased        1995       12-31-99               7
                                                                                            -----

                                    Total..............................................      $798
                                                                                             ====
</TABLE>

         The bank has leased  property for an  additional  bank branch office on
the Harry Byrd  Highway in  Sterling,  Virginia,  expected to open in  September
1999.  The bank  also has  entered  into a  contract  to  purchase  property  in
Annapolis, Maryland for the purpose of constructing a branch office.

         The total  net book  value of the  company's  furniture,  fixtures  and
equipment at March 31, 1999 was  $885,000.  The  properties  are  considered  by
management to be in good condition.  Management expects to expend up to $100,000
for replacement of data processing and related equipment by March 31, 2000.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than
routine legal  proceedings  occurring in the ordinary  course of business.  Such
routine legal  proceedings,  in the aggregate,  are believed by management to be
immaterial to the company's financial  condition,  results of operations or cash
flows.


                                       64
<PAGE>



PERSONNEL


         As of March 31,  1999,  the company had 99  full-time  employees  and 6
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining unit and the company considers its relationship with its employees to
be good. See "Management of the Bank--Other  Benefit Plans" for a description of
compensation and benefit programs offered to the company's employees.


                            MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY


         The board of directors of the company  consists of seven members and is
divided into three classes,  each of which contains  approximately  one-third of
the Board.  The  directors  are elected by the  stockholders  of the company for
staggered three year terms, or until their successors are elected and qualified.
One class of  directors,  consisting of Paul J.  Cinquegrana  Jeffrey W. Ochsman
(who is expected to become a director as of June __, 1999), has a term of office
expiring  at the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  in 2000;  a  second  class,
consisting  of Jeffrey M.  Gitelman  and Lynnette  Dobbins  Taylor has a term of
office  expiring  at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  in 2001;  and a third
class, consisting of William Calomiris, Carroll E. Amos and James B. Vito, has a
term of office expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2002.


         There are no familial  relationships  among the  directors or executive
officers  of the  company or the bank and no  director  is serving as a director
pursuant to an agreement.  Information  concerning  the  principal  occupations,
employment  and other  information  concerning the directors and officers of the
company  during  the past  five  years is set  forth  under  "Management  of the
Bank--Biographical Information."

         The following individuals are the executive officers of the company and
hold the offices set forth below opposite their names.


NAME                                    POSITION(S) HELD WITH COMPANY
- --------                                --------------------------------------
William Calomiris                       Chairman of the Board of Directors
Carroll E. Amos                         President and Chief Executive Officer
David E. Ritter                         Chief Financial Officer
Margaret A. Reynolds                    Corporate Secretary


         The  executive  officers of the company are elected  annually  and hold
office until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified or
until death, resignation or removal at the discretion of the board of directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         Since the formation of the company,  the executive officers,  directors
and other personnel have been  compensated for services by the bank and have not
received  additional  remuneration from the company.  For information  regarding
fees paid to the bank's Board of Directors see "Management of the Bank--Director
Compensation."


                                       65
<PAGE>


                                              MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK

DIRECTORS

         The  following  table sets  forth  information  regarding  the board of
directors of the bank.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DIRECTOR       TERM
NAME(1)                              AGE(2)    POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE BANK                 SINCE       EXPIRES
- -----------                        ----------  -------------------------------------------  ----------   ----------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>                                             <C>          <C>
Carroll E. Amos                        51      Director, President and Chief                   1997         2002
                                                 Executive Officer
William Calomiris                      78      Director, Chairman of the Board                 1997         2002
                                                 of Directors
Paul J. Cinquegrana                    57      Director                                        1997         2000
Jeffrey M. Gitelman                    54      Director                                        1997         2001
Lynnette Dobbins Taylor                78      Director                                        1998         2001
James B. Vito                          73      Director                                        1998         2002
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------

(1)  Jeffrey W. Ochsman,  age 47, is expected to become a member of the board as
     of June __, 1999, with a term to expire in the year 2000.
(2)  As of March 15, 1999.


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

         The  following  table sets forth  information  regarding  the executive
officers of the bank who are not also directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



NAME                                     AGE      POSITION(S) HELD WITH BANK
- ---------                              -------    ---------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>      <C>
Edward C. Allen                          51       Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
Jeremiah D. Behan                        49       Senior Vice President, Construction Lending
Justin R. Golden                         48       Senior Vice President, Consumer Lending
Patsy J. Mays                            52       Senior Vice President, Small Business Lending and Retail
                                                  Banking
Robert W. Neff                           51       Senior Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Lending
Margaret A. Reynolds                     33       Corporate Secretary
David E. Ritter                          49       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

</TABLE>


         Each of the  executive  officers  of the bank  holds his or her  office
until his or her  successors  is  elected  and  qualified  or until  removed  or
replaced.  Officers  are  subject  to  re-election  by the  board  of  directors
annually.

                                       66
<PAGE>


BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

DIRECTORS

         William  Calomiris,  Chairman of the Board of the company and the bank,
is the President of Wm. Calomiris Investment  Corporation,  engaged in building,
developing  and property  management.  Until 1996,  he served as Chairman of the
Board of 1st Washington Bancorp and for Washington Federal Savings Bank.

         Carroll E. Amos is President and Chief Executive Officer of the company
and of the bank. He is a private investor who until 1996 served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of 1st Washington  Bancorp and Washington Federal Saving
Bank.

         Paul J. Cinquegrana is a Senior Vice President Investments of Johnston,
Lemon & Co., Inc., a stock and bond brokerage firm.

         Jeffrey  M.  Gitelman,  D.D.S.,  is an Oral  Surgeon  and the  owner of
Jeffrey M. Gitelman -D.D.S., P.C.


         Jeffrey W.  Ochsman,  is  expected  to become a director as of June __,
1999. He is a partner in the law firm of Friedlander, Misler, Friedlander, Sloan
& Herz, PLLC, Washington, D.C.


         Lynnette   Dobbins   Taylor  is   President   of  Taylor   Enterprises,
Incorporated,  a consulting firm to non-profit and civic related  organizations;
retired Executive Director, Delta Sigma Theta, Inc.

         James B. Vito is Chairman of the Board, James B. Vito, Inc., a plumbing
and heating company and managing general partner,  James Properties,  engaged in
the sale and management of property.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

         Edward C. Allen  joined the bank as a Senior Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer in mid 1996 and became Chief Operating Officer in 1997. Prior
to  joining  the  bank,  Mr.  Allen was the Chief  Financial  Officer  of Servus
Financial  Corp. from 1994 to 1996 and Senior Vice President of NVR Savings Bank
from 1992 to 1994.

          Jeremiah D. Behan  joined the bank in 1998 as a Senior Vice  President
with primary responsibility for the bank's Construction Lending Department. From
1997 until  joining the bank,  Mr.  Behan was the Senior  Servicing  Officer for
Virginia Asset Financing Corporation.  From 1986 until 1996, he served as Senior
Vice  President of  Construction  Administration  and  Servicing  at  Washington
Federal Savings Bank.

         Justin R.  Golden  joined  the bank as  Senior  Vice  President  of the
Consumer  Lending  Department in 1998. From 1984 until 1997 he served in various
capacities  at  Citizens  Bank,   most  recently   having   responsibility   for
reorganizing and operating that Bank's Home Equity Lending Function.

         Patsy J.  Mays  joined  the bank in 1998 as a  Senior  Vice  President,
primarily  responsible for Small Business  Lending and Retail Banking.  Prior to
joining the bank,  Ms. Mays served as an  Assistant  Vice  President at Wachovia
Bank of South Carolina  responsible for sales  production and branch  operations
from 1995 to 1996.  From 1993 until 1995 she served as Vice President for Branch
Administration at Ameribanc Savings Bank.


                                       67
<PAGE>


         Robert  W.  Neff  joined  the bank in 1997 as  Senior  Vice  President,
Commercial Real Estate Lending.  Prior to joining the bank, Mr. Neff served as a
Consultant on commercial  real estate loan  brokerage  with the First  Financial
Group of  Washington  after  serving from 1984 until 1996 as an  Executive  Vice
President for Commercial Real Estate Lending at Washington Federal Savings Bank.

         Margaret  A.  Reynolds  joined the bank and the  company  as  Corporate
Secretary in 1998 after  approximately  one year as a legal secretary and Office
Manager for Zuckerman,  Spaeder,  Goldstein,  Taylor & Kolker.  Ms. Reynolds had
previously been employed as an Executive Assistant,  Human Resources Manager and
Office Manager with  Management  Analysis,  Incorporated,  and Vista  Consulting
Group, Inc., from 1994 to 1997.

         David  E.  Ritter  joined  the bank and the  company  as a Senior  Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer in 1998. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Ritter was
a Senior Financial Consultant with Peterson Consulting. From 1988 until 1996, he
was the  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of Washington
Federal Savings Bank.

COMMITTEES AND MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK

         The  bank's  board of  directors  meets 12 times each year and may have
additional special meetings called in the manner specified in the bylaws.

         The  Executive  Committee  consists  of  Messrs.  Calomiris,  Amos  and
Cinquegrana.  The Executive  Committee meets regularly  between  meetings of the
Board and reviews matters pertaining to day-to-day operations,  including review
of operational policies and procedures and loan applications.

         The  Compensation  Committee  consists  of  Messrs.  Calomiris,   Amos,
Gitelman and Vito.  This  committee  is  responsible  for all matters  regarding
compensation  and  fringe  benefits.  The  Compensation  Committee  meets  on an
as-needed basis and met once during the year ended December 31, 1998.

         The Audit  Committee  consists of the entire board of  directors.  This
committee meets with the bank's independent  auditors and evaluates policies and
procedures relating to auditing functions and internal controls.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         Since the  acquisition  of the  bank,  outside  directors  of the bank,
including  the Chairman of the Board,  received  $200 for each Board meeting and
$100 for each committee  meeting attended.  Beginning  October 1, 1998,  outside
directors  of the bank  receive  $500 for each Board  meeting  and $250 for each
committee meeting attended. Beginning on that same date, the Chairman was made a
salaried  officer  of the  bank  and  company  and  in  that  capacity  receives
compensation at the rate of $3,000 per month.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Summary  Compensation  Table.  The following  table sets forth the cash
compensation paid by the bank for services rendered in all capacities during the
year  ended  September  30,  1998,  to the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the only
executive  officer  of the bank who  received  salary  and  bonus in  excess  of
$100,000 ("Named Executive Officers").


                                       68
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               LONG-TERM COMPENSATION(2)
                                                                           -----------------------------------------------------
                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1)                 AWARDS                    PAYOUTS
                                    ------------------------------------   ------------------------       --------------------------
                                                                  OTHER
                                                                  ANNUAL       RESTRICTED    SECURITIES                  ALL OTHER
NAME AND                FISCAL                                 COMPENSATION      STOCK       UNDERLYING      LTIP       COMPENSATION
PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR       SALARY         BONUS           (2)           AWARDS      OPTIONS/SAR    PAYOUTS          (2)
- ------------------------------      ---------  -------------   -------------   -----------  ------------- --------------------------
<S>                      <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>
Carroll E. Amos
  President and Chief
  Executive Officer      1998       $107,133      $18,500           --              --        16,667          --              --
</TABLE>
- -----------------------------
(1)  Under Annual  Compensation,  the column  titled  "Bonus"  consists of Board
     approved discretionary bonus.
(2)  For 1998,  there were no (a) perquisites  over the lesser of $50,000 or 10%
     of the  individual's  total salary and bonus for the year;  (b) payments of
     above-market  preferential earnings on deferred compensation;  (c) payments
     of earnings with respect to long-term  incentive  plans prior to settlement
     or  maturation;  (d)  tax  payment  reimbursements;   or  (e)  preferential
     discounts on stock.  For 1998,  the bank had no  restricted  stock or stock
     related plans in existence.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

         Carroll E. Amos.  Effective  November 1, 1997, the bank entered into an
employment agreement (the "Employment  Agreement") with Mr. Amos. The Employment
Agreement  is intended  to ensure that the bank and the company  will be able to
retain Mr.  Amos who  provides  a stable  and  competent  management  base.  The
continued success of the bank and the company depends to a significant degree on
the skills and competence of its executive officers,  particularly Mr. Amos, the
Chief Executive Officer.

         The Employment  Agreement  provides for a three-year  term for Mr. Amos
and provides that commencing on the first  anniversary  date and continuing each
anniversary  date  thereafter  the board of directors may extend the  Employment
Agreement  for an  additional  year so that the  remaining  term  shall be three
years,  unless  written notice of non-renewal is given by the board of directors
after conducting a performance  evaluation of Mr. Amos. The Employment Agreement
provides that Mr. Amos's base salary will be reviewed annually.  The base salary
provided for in the Employment Agreement for Mr. Amos for 1998 was $110,000.  At
the first anniversary date, Mr. Amos's base salary was increased to $120,000. In
addition to the base salary, the Employment  Agreement provides for, among other
things,   participation  in  various  employee  benefit  plans  and  stock-based
compensation  programs,  as well as  furnishing  fringe  benefits  available  to
similarly  situated  executive  personnel.   Effective  November  1,  1998,  the
Employment  Agreement  also provides for an  automobile  allowance of $9,600 per
year.

         The Employment Agreement provides for termination by the bank for cause
(as  defined in the  Employment  Agreement)  at any time.  In the event the bank
chooses to terminate Mr. Amos's  employment for reasons other than for cause or,
in the event of Mr.  Amos's  resignation  from the bank  upon:  (i)  failure  to
re-elect Mr. Amos to his current  office;  (ii) a material  change in Mr. Amos's
functions,  duties  or  responsibilities;  (iii)  a  relocation  of  Mr.  Amos's
principal  place of  employment  by more  than 30  miles;  (iv)  liquidation  or
dissolution  of the  bank or the  company;  or (v) a  breach  of the  Employment
Agreement  by the  bank,  Mr.  Amos  or,  in the  event  of  death,  Mr.  Amos's
beneficiary  would be  entitled  to  receive  an amount  generally  equal to the
remaining  base salary and bonus  payments that would have been paid to Mr. Amos
during  the  remaining  term of the  Employment  Agreement.  The bank would also
continue to pay for Mr.  Amos's  life,  health and  disability  coverage for the
remaining term of the Employment  Agreement.  Upon any  termination of Mr. Amos,
Mr. Amos is subject to a covenant not to compete with the bank for one year.


                                       69
<PAGE>
         Under the Employment Agreement, if involuntary termination or voluntary
termination follows a change in control of the bank or the company, Mr. Amos or,
in the event of his death,  his beneficiary,  would receive a severance  payment
generally  equal to the greater of: (i) the payments due for the remaining terms
of the  agreement,  including  the value of  stock-based  incentives  previously
awarded to Mr.  Amos;  or (ii) three  times the  average of the three  preceding
taxable  years'  annual  compensation.  The bank would also  continue Mr. Amos's
life, health,  and disability  coverage for thirty-six months. In the event of a
change in  control  of the  bank,  the total  amount  of  payment  due under the
Employment  Agreement,  based  solely on the base salary paid to Mr.  Amos,  and
excluding  any  benefits  under any employee  benefit  plan which may  otherwise
become payable, would equal approximately $360,000.

         All  reasonable  costs and  legal  fees paid or  incurred  by Mr.  Amos
pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to the Employment
Agreement are to be paid by the bank if he is successful on the merits  pursuant
to a legal judgment,  arbitration or settlement.  The Employment  Agreement also
provides that the bank will indemnify Mr. Amos to the fullest  extent  allowable
under federal law.

         T. Mark Stamm.  Effective  October 1, 1997,  the bank  entered  into an
employment agreement (the "Stamm Agreement") with Mr. Stamm. The Stamm Agreement
was intended to ensure that the bank and the company would be able to retain the
services of an experienced mortgage banking professional.

         The Stamm  Agreement  was for a one-year  term with total  compensation
comprised  of  three  elements,  a base  salary  for Mr.  Stamm of  $108,000,  a
production  bonus of two basis points,  payable monthly on each loan closed in a
month, and a net income bonus equal to 37.5% of the net income,  as defined,  of
the then  mortgage  banking  division of the bank. In addition to the salary and
bonus  provisions,  the  Stamm  Agreement  provides  for,  among  other  things,
participation  in various  employee  benefit plans and stock-based  compensation
programs,  as well as furnishing fringe benefits available to similarly situated
personnel.  The Stamm  Agreement  also provides for an  automobile  allowance of
$6,000 per year.

         The Stamm Agreement  provides for termination by the bank for cause (as
defined  in the Stamm  Agreement)  at any time.  In the event the bank  chose to
terminate Mr. Stamm's employment for reasons other than for cause, Mr. Stamm or,
in the event of death, Mr. Stamm's  beneficiary  would be entitled to receive an
amount  generally  equal to the  remaining  base salary and bonus  payments that
would  have  been  paid to Mr.  Stamm  during  the  remaining  term of the Stamm
Agreement,  but in no event less than three months. The bank would also continue
and pay for Mr. Stamm's life,  health and disability  coverage for the remaining
term of the Stamm Agreement, but in no event less than three months.

         Under the Stamm  Agreement,  if  involuntary  termination  or voluntary
termination  follows a change in control of the bank, Mr. Stamm or, in the event
of his death, his beneficiary,  would be entitled to receive a severance payment
generally  equal to the greater of: (i) the payments due for the remaining  term
of the  agreement,  including  the value of  stock-based  incentives  previously
awarded to Mr.  Stamm;  or (ii)  three  times the  average  of the base  salary,
excluding  bonuses and all other forms of compensation paid or to be paid to Mr.
Stamm during the three preceding years. The bank would also continue Mr. Stamm's
life, health,  and disability  coverage for thirty-six months. In the event of a
change in control of the bank,  the total  amount of payment due under the Stamm
Agreement , based solely on the base salary paid to Mr. Stamm, and excluding any
benefits  under any employee  benefit plan which may otherwise  become  payable,
would equal approximately $324,000.


                                       70
<PAGE>



         Effective  October 1, 1998, the Stamm Agreement was modified to provide
for his  employment  as  President of Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage for a two-year
term. Under the modified  agreement,  Mr. Stamm's  compensation  continues to be
comprised  of  three  elements,  a base  salary  for Mr.  Stamm of  $108,000,  a
production  bonus of two basis points,  payable monthly on each loan closed in a
month and a net income  bonus.  However,  the net income  bonus was reduced from
37.5% to 30% of the net income, as defined,  of Greater Atlantic  Mortgage.  For
the year ended  September  30, 1998,  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage had net income
before bonus of $3.1 million.  The modified  agreement  further provides for the
grant,  within 45 days, of stock options to Mr. Stamm to purchase  37,500 shares
of the common  stock of the  company  at a price  equal to the book value of the
company at  September  30,  1998,  and for the grant of options to  purchase  an
additional  15,000  shares of the common stock of the  company,  at the publicly
traded price on  September  30,  1999,  if the net earnings of Greater  Atlantic
Mortgage for the fiscal year ending  September  30, 1999 are equal to or greater
than $1,625,000.

INSURANCE PLANS

         The bank  makes  available  to all  full-time  employees  medical  plan
benefits,  life and accidental death insurance,  long term disability  insurance
and travel insurance.

OTHER BENEFIT PLANS

         401(k)  Plan.  The bank  maintains  the Greater  Atlantic  Savings Bank
401(k) Savings Plan (the "401(k)  Plan"),  a  tax-qualified  profit sharing plan
with a qualified cash or deferred  arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code.
The 401(k) Plan provides participants with savings and retirement benefits based
on  employee  deferrals  of  compensation,  as well as any  matching  and  other
discretionary contributions made by the bank. Eligible employees are eligible to
participate in the 401(k) Plan when they complete six months of service with the
bank and have attained the age of 20.5.  Participants  currently may make salary
reduction contributions to the 401(k) Plan of 1% to 15% of their compensation or
the legally  permissible  limit ($10,000 for 1998). A participant is always 100%
vested  in  his or her  salary  reduction  contributions  to  the  401(k)  Plan.
Participants  also become 100%  vested in their  accounts  under the 401(k) Plan
upon  death  or  incurring  disability  (as  described  in the  401(k)  Plan) or
attainment  of their  "Normal  Retirement  Age" (as defined in the 401(k) Plan).
Participants  become  vested in any  employer  contributions  to the 401(k) Plan
after  two  years  of  service  at the rate of 20% for  each  completed  year of
service;  however,  the bank did not make matching  contributions  in the fiscal
years ended September 30, 1998 or 1997.

         Currently, participants may invest their accounts under the 401(k) Plan
in and among  seven  funds.  The bank may add or  eliminate  investment  options
available under the 401(k) Plan in the future.

         Generally,  distributions  from the  401(k)  Plan may  commence  upon a
participant's   separation  from  service,   death,   or  disability.   However,
participants may request hardship withdrawals from the 401(k) Plan under certain
circumstances.  Distributions  from the  401(k)  Plan are  generally  subject to
federal and state income  taxes and  distributions  made prior to a  participant
attaining age 59 1/2 and are also generally subject to a federal excise tax.

         Deferred  Compensation Plan. On October 30, 1997, the company adopted a
deferred  compensation  plan. Under the deferred  compensation plan, an employee
may  elect  to  participate  by  directing  that  all  or  part  of  his  or her
compensation be credited to a deferral account.  The election must


                                       71
<PAGE>


be made prior to the beginning of the calendar year. The deferral  account bears
interest  at 6% per year.  The  amounts  credited  to the  deferral  account are
payable in preferred  stock or cash at the election of the board of directors on
the date the bank announces a change in control or the date three years from the
date the participant elects to participate in the deferred compensation plan. At
December 31, 1998, one employee of Greater Atlantic Mortgage, T. Mark Stamm, was
participating  in the plan and an amount of  $500,000  is  recorded  as deferred
compensation.


         Stock-Option  and Warrant  Plan.  The board of directors of the company
has adopted the Greater  Atlantic  Financial Corp. 1997 Stock Option and Warrant
Plan (the "Stock Option  Plan") which  provided for the granting of up to 94,685
warrants to the original investors and provides for the granting of up to 76,667
options to  purchase  common  stock  ("Stock  Options")  to  eligible  officers,
employees,  and directors of the company and bank. The plan may also provide for
certain rights related to the grant of Stock Options.

         Under the Stock Option Plan, as amended,  94,685 warrants,  each with a
warrant price of $7.50,  were granted in fiscal 1998 to the members of the board
of  directors  and  original  stockholders  on the basis of one warrant for each
share of stock purchased.  Under this plan,  58,333 options have been granted to
employees.  Mr. Amos was not granted  warrants in fiscal  1998,  but was granted
16,667  options to purchase the company stock at the same price,  $7.50,  as the
warrant price. In fiscal 1999, Mr. Amos was granted 16,667 additional options at
an exercise price of $8.38.


         The  grants  of Stock  Options  are  designed  to  attract  and  retain
qualified personnel in key positions,  provide officers and key employees with a
proprietary interest in the company as an incentive to contribute to the success
of the company, and reward employees for outstanding performance.  All employees
of the company, the bank and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the
Stock Option Plan. The committee administering the plan will determine the terms
of awards granted to officers and  employees.  The committee will also determine
whether Stock Options will qualify as Incentive  Stock Options or  Non-Statutory
Stock Options,  as described  below,  the number of shares subject to each Stock
Option,  the exercise price of each Stock Option, the method of exercising Stock
Options, and the time when Stock Options become exercisable.  Only employees may
receive grants of Incentive Stock Options.

         An  individual  generally  will not recognize  taxable  income upon the
grant of a  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option or  Incentive  Stock Option or upon the
exercise of an Incentive Stock Option,  provided the individual does not dispose
of the shares received through the exercise of the Incentive Stock Option for at
least one year after the date the  individual  receives the shares in connection
with the  option  exercise  and two  years  after the date of grant of the Stock
Option (a "disqualifying disposition"). No compensation deduction will generally
be  available  to the  company as a result of the  exercise of  Incentive  Stock
Options  unless  there has been a  disqualifying  disposition.  In the case of a
Non-Statutory  Stock Option and in the case of a  disqualifying  disposition  of
shares received in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, an
individual will recognize  ordinary income upon exercise of the Stock Option (or
upon the  disqualifying  disposition)  in an amount equal to the amount by which
the fair market  value of the common  stock  exceeds the  exercise  price of the
Stock Option.  The amount of any ordinary income  recognized by an optionee upon
the  exercise  of a  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option  or  due  to  a  disqualifying
disposition will be a deductible expense to the company for tax purposes. In the
case of limited rights,  the holder will recognize any amount paid to him or her
upon  exercise in the year in which


                                       72
<PAGE>




the payment is made and the company will be entitled to a deduction  for federal
income tax purposes of the amount paid.


         Stock Options are  exercisable  for a period of time following the date
on which the  optionee  ceases to perform  services for the bank or the company,
except that in the event of death or disability,  options  accelerate and become
fully  vested and could be  exercisable  for up to one year  thereafter  or such
other  period  of time as  determined  by the  company.  In the case of death or
disability,  Stock  Options may be  exercised  for a period of 12 months or such
other period of time as  determined  by the  committee.  However,  any Incentive
Stock Options  exercised more than three months  following the date the employee
ceases to perform  services as an  employee  would be treated  essentially  as a
Non-Statutory  Stock  Option.  In the  event  of  retirement,  if  the  optionee
continues to perform services as a director or consultant on behalf of the bank,
the company or an affiliate,  unvested options and awards would continue to vest
in accordance with their original  vesting schedule until the optionee ceases to
serve as a consultant or director.  In the event of death,  disability or normal
retirement,  the  company,  if  requested  by the  optionee,  or the  optionee's
beneficiary,  could elect, in exchange for vested options,  to pay the optionee,
or the  optionee's  beneficiary  in the event of death,  the amount by which the
fair market value of the common stock exceeds the exercise  price of the options
on the date of the employee's termination of employment.

         The following  tables show  information with respect to options granted
during fiscal year 1998 and the number of shares of common stock  represented by
outstanding  stock options held by the Chief  Executive  Officer as of March 31,
1999. Also reported is the value for "in-the-money"  options which represent the
positive spread between the exercise price of any existing stock options and the
year-end price of the common stock.



                                       73
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1998


                                            NUMBER OF                 PERCENT OF
                                           SECURITIES                   TOTAL
                                           UNDERLYING                  OPTIONS
                                         OPTIONS GRANTED              GRANTED TO            EXERCISE             EXPIRATION
             NAME                             #(1)                    EMPLOYEES              PRICE                  DATE
- -------------------------------      -----------------------       ----------------      --------------       ----------------
<S>                                          <C>                         <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Carroll E. Amos                              16,667                      100%                $7.50                11/14/07

</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                AGGREGATED YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

                                                NUMBER                             VALUE OF
                                            OF SECURITIES                         UNEXERCISED
                                        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                   IN-THE-MONEY
                                              OPTIONS AT                          OPTIONS AT
                NAME                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1998(#)             SEPTEMBER 30, 1998($)(1)(2)
       -------------------------   --------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                     EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE        EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
                                     -----------    -------------        -----------     -------------
       <S>                              <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>
       Carroll E. Amos                 16,667             --               $14,500             --

</TABLE>
       ------------------------------------
       (1)   Does not include options granted in fiscal year 1999.
       (2)   Based on the  estimated  market  value of the  underlying  stock at
             September 30, 1998, minus the exercise price.


TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

       Federal  regulations  require that all loans or  extensions  of credit to
executive  officers and directors must be made on substantially  the same terms,
including  interest rates and  collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for
comparable  transactions  with the general public and must not involve more than
the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. In addition,
loans  made to a  director  or  executive  officer  in excess of the  greater of
$25,000 or 5% of the bank's  capital and  surplus (up to a maximum of  $500,000)
must be approved in advance by a majority  of the  disinterested  members of the
board of directors.


       The bank currently makes loans to its executive officers and directors on
the same terms and conditions  offered to the general public.  The bank's policy
provides that all loans made by the bank to its executive officers and directors
be made in the ordinary  course of business,  on  substantially  the same terms,
including   collateral,   as  those   prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable
transactions with other persons and may not involve more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable  features. As of March 31, 1999, one
of the bank's  directors had loans with the bank which had outstanding  balances
totaling  $260,000.  Such loans were made by the bank in the ordinary  course of
business,  with no favorable  terms and do not involve more than the normal risk
of collectibility or present unfavorable features.


                                       74
<PAGE>

       The company's policy is that all transactions between the company and its
executive officers, directors, holders of 10% or more of the shares of any class
of its common stock and affiliates thereof, will contain terms no less favorable
to the company than could have been obtained by it in arm's length  negotiations
with  unaffiliated  persons and will be  approved  by a majority of  independent
outside directors of the company not having any interest in the transaction.


OWNERSHIP  AND  SUBSCRIPTIONS  BY  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS AND PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
beneficial  ownership of the company's common stock as of March 31, 1999, and as
adjusted  to reflect  the sale of the common  stock  offered  hereby by (1) each
director  of the  company,  (ii) each  person who is known by the company to own
beneficially  5% or more  of the  common  stock  and  (iii)  all  directors  and
executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated,  each person has sole
voting and dispositive  power over the shares  indicated as owned by such person
and the address of each shareholder is the same as the address of the company.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO THE
                                                        OFFERING(1)(2)             OWNERSHIP AFTER THE OFFERING
                                                ------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                                                   SHARES          PERCENT           SHARES            PERCENT
                                                -------------   --------------  ----------------   ----------------
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- ---------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                <C>             <C>            <C>
William Calomiris............................     200,000            24.32%          357,895            12.68%
Carroll E. Amos .............................      33,334             4.05            43,860             1.55
Paul J. Cinquegrana..........................      33,334             4.05            33,334             1.18
Jeffrey M. Gitelman..........................      33,334             4.05            64,913             2.30
Lynnette Dobbins Taylor......................         134              .02               134                *
James B. Vito................................      20,000             2.43            56,842             2.01
                                                  -------            -----           -------            -----
   Directors and executive officers as a group
     (15 persons)............................     320,136            38.92           556,978            19.73
                                                  -------            -----           -------            -----

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
- ---------------------------------------------
Peter Calomiris..............................      66,667             8.11            92,983             3.29
Robert Harris................................      66,667             8.11            66,667             2.36
Ralph Ochsman................................     133,334            16.21           238,597             8.45
Robert I. Schattner..........................     197,334            23.99           355,229            12.59
                                                  -------            -----           -------            -----
   Principal shareholders as a group.........     464,002            56.42           753,476            26.70
                                                  -------            -----           -------            -----

     Total...................................     784,138            95.34%        1,310,454            46.43%
                                                  -------            =====         ---------            =====

       Total shares outstanding..............     822,434           100.00%        2,822,434
                                                  =======           ======         =========
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
*     Indicates ownership which does not exceed 1.0%.
(1)   Assumes the issuance of 2,000,000 shares in the offering.

(2)   Does not include 128,019 options and warrants exercisable within 60 days.



                                       75
<PAGE>



                                   REGULATION

GENERAL

         The  bank  is  subject  to  extensive   regulation,   examination   and
supervision by the OTS, as its chartering  agency,  and the FDIC, as the deposit
insurer.  The bank is a member of the FHLB System.  The bank's deposit  accounts
are insured up to applicable  limits by the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund
(the  "SAIF")  managed by the FDIC.  The bank must file reports with the OTS and
the FDIC  concerning  its  activities  and  financial  condition  in addition to
obtaining  regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such
as mergers with, or  acquisitions  of, other financial  institutions.  There are
periodic  examinations  by the OTS to test the bank's  compliance  with  various
regulatory requirements.  In addition, the FDIC may also conduct examinations of
the bank at the FDIC's discretion. This regulation and supervision establishes a
comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is
intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors.  The
regulatory structure also gives the regulatory  authorities extensive discretion
in connection with their supervisory and enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the  establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory  purposes.  Any
change in such  policies,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the  Congress,  could
have a material  adverse impact on the company,  the bank and their  operations.
The company,  as a savings and loan company,  is also subject to examination and
regulation by the OTS and is required to file certain reports with and otherwise
comply  with the  rules  and  regulations  of the OTS and of the SEC  under  the
federal securities laws.

         Any change in the regulatory  structure or the  applicable  statutes or
regulations, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the Congress, could have a material
impact  on the  company,  the  bank  and  their  operations.  Congress  has been
considering  the  elimination of the federal thrift charter and abolition of the
OTS.  The  results  of  such  consideration,  including  possible  enactment  of
legislation is uncertain.  Therefore, the bank is unable to determine the extent
to which such consideration or possible  legislation,  if enacted,  would affect
its business.  See "Risk  Factors--We  are subject to extensive  regulation  and
supervision legislation."

         Certain of the  regulatory  requirements  applicable to the bank and to
the company are  referred  to below or  elsewhere  herein.  The  description  of
statutory  provisions and  regulations  applicable to savings  associations  set
forth in this  prospectus  do not  purport to be complete  descriptions  of such
statutes  and  regulations  or their  effects on the bank and the company and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.

FEDERAL SAVINGS INSTITUTION REGULATION

         Business Activities. The activities of federal savings institutions are
governed by the Home  Owners'  Loan Act, as amended (the "HOLA") and, in certain
respects,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act ("FDI Act") and the  regulations
issued  by  the  FDIC  or  OTS to  implement  those  statutes.  Those  laws  and
regulations  delineate the nature and extent of the  activities in which federal
savings  associations may engage.  In particular,  certain lending authority for
federal savings associations,  e.g.,  commercial,  non-residential real property
loans  and  consumer  loans,  is  limited  to  a  specified  percentage  of  the
institution's capital or assets.


                                       76
<PAGE>





         Loans-to-One  Borrower.   Under  the  HOLA,  savings  institutions  are
generally  subject  to  the  national  bank  limit  on  loans-to-one   borrower.
Generally,  this limit is 15% of the bank's unimpaired capital and surplus, plus
an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus,  if such loan is secured by
readily-marketable  collateral,  which is defined to include  certain  financial
instruments  and  bullion.  At March  31,  1999,  the  bank's  general  limit on
loans-to-one borrower was $1.1 million. At December 31, 1998, the bank's largest
aggregate  amount of  loans-to-one  borrower  consisted of various single family
properties  with a carrying  balance of $1.0  million,  secured by real  estate.
Management  believes  that  the  bank  is  in  compliance  with  all  applicable
loans-to-one borrower limitations.

         QTL Test. The HOLA requires  savings  institutions  to meet a QTL test.
Under the QTL test,  a savings  association  is required to either  qualify as a
"domestic building and loan association," as defined in the Code, or maintain at
least 65% of its "portfolio  assets"  (total assets less:  (i) specified  liquid
assets up to 20% of total assets;  (ii)  intangibles,  including  goodwill;  and
(iii) the value of  property  used to conduct  business)  in certain  "qualified
thrift investments"  (primarily  residential  mortgages and related investments,
including certain  mortgage-backed  and related securities) in at least 9 months
out of each 12 month period. A savings  association that fails the QTL test must
either  convert to a bank charter or operate under certain  restrictions.  As of
March 31, 1999, the bank maintained  76.83% of its portfolio assets in qualified
thrift  investments and,  therefore,  met the QTL test.  Recent  legislation has
expanded  the  extent to which  education  loans,  credit  card  loans and small
business loans may be considered as "qualified thrift investments."


         Limitation on Capital Distributions.  The regulations of the OTS impose
limitations upon all capital  distributions by a savings institution,  including
cash  dividends,  payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders
of  another  institution  in a cash-out  merger.  Effective  April 1, 1999,  the
capital  distribution   regulation  of  the  OTS  was  changed.  Under  the  new
regulation,  an  application  to and the prior  approval  of the OTS is required
before any capital distribution may be made if the institution does not meet the
criteria for "expedited  treatment" of applications  under the OTS  regulations,
the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that
year plus the amount of retained  net income for the  preceding  two years,  the
institution  would  be  undercapitalized   following  the  distribution  or  the
distribution  would otherwise be contrary to a statute,  regulation or agreement
with the OTS. If an application is not required, the institution must still give
advance  notice of the  capital  distribution  to the OTS. If the capital of the
bank fell below its  regulatory  requirements,  or if the OTS  notified the bank
that it was in need of more than normal supervision,  the bank's ability to make
capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a
proposed  capital  distribution,  which  would  otherwise  be  permitted  by the
regulation,  if the OTS determined that the  distribution  would be an unsafe or
unsound practice.


         Liquidity. The bank is required to maintain an average daily balance of
specified  liquid  assets equal to a monthly  average of not less than 4% of its
net withdrawable  deposit accounts plus short-term  borrowings.  OTS regulations
formerly required each savings  institution to maintain an average daily balance
of short-term  liquid assets at 1% of the total of its net withdrawable  deposit
accounts and borrowings payable in one year or less.  However,  this requirement
was recently  eliminated.  Monetary penalties may be imposed for failure to meet
the liquidity  requirements.  The bank's  liquidity  ratio at March 31, 1999 was
18.85%,  which  exceeded the  applicable  requirements.  The bank has never been
subject to monetary  penalties for failure to meet its  liquidity  requirements.
See


                                       77
<PAGE>


"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."


         Assessments.  Savings  institutions  are required by  regulation to pay
assessments to the OTS to fund the agency's operations.  The general assessment,
paid on a  semi-annual  basis,  is based upon the  savings  institution's  total
assets, as reported in the bank's latest quarterly Thrift Financial Report.  The
most  recent  assessments  paid by the bank  were  for the  calendar  year  1998
totalled $19,000.


         Branching.   OTS  regulations   permit  federally   chartered   savings
associations to branch nationwide under certain conditions.  Generally,  federal
savings  associations  may  establish  interstate  networks  and  geographically
diversify  their  loan  portfolios  and  lines of  business.  The OTS  authority
preempts  any state law  purporting  to regulate  branching  by federal  savings
associations.

         Transactions  with Related  Parties.  The bank's authority to engage in
transactions  with  related  parties or  "affiliates"  (i.e.,  any company  that
controls or is under common control with an  institution,  including the company
and any non-savings institution  subsidiaries that the company may establish) is
limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act ("FRA").  Section 23A
restricts  the  aggregate  amount of covered  transactions  with any  individual
affiliate to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings  institution and also
limits the aggregate  amount of  transactions  with all affiliates to 20% of the
savings institution's capital and surplus.  Certain transactions with affiliates
are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in
Section 23A and the purchase of low quality assets from  affiliates is generally
prohibited.  Section 23B  generally  requires  that  certain  transactions  with
affiliates,  including  loans  and asset  purchases,  must be on terms and under
circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at
least  as  favorable  to the  institution  as those  prevailing  at the time for
comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.

         The bank's authority to extend credit to executive officers,  directors
and 10% shareholders ("insiders"),  as well as entities such persons control, is
governed  by Section  22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and  Regulation  O  thereunder.
Among other  things,  such loans are required to be made on terms  substantially
the same as those offered to  unaffiliated  individuals  and to not involve more
than the normal risk of repayment.  Recent legislation  created an exception for
loans to insiders made pursuant to a benefit or  compensation  programs that are
widely  available to all employees of the institution and do not give preference
to  insiders  over other  employees.  Regulation  O also places  individual  and
aggregate  limits on the amount of loans the bank may make to insiders based, in
part, on the bank's capital  position,  and requires that certain board approval
procedures be followed.

         Enforcement.  Under  the  FDI  Act,  the OTS  has  primary  enforcement
responsibility  over savings  institutions and has the authority to bring action
against all  "institution-affiliated  parties,"  including  stockholders and any
attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in
wrongful  action  likely to have an adverse  effect on an  insured  institution.
Formal  enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or
cease and desist  order to  removal  of  officers  or  directors,  receivership,
conservatorship  or termination of deposit  insurance.  Civil  penalties cover a
wide range of  violations  and can amount to $25,000  per day, or $1 million per
day in especially egregious cases. Under the FDI Act, the FDIC has the authority
to recommend to the  Director of the OTS that  enforcement  action be taken with
respect  to a  particular  savings  institution.  If  action is not taken by the


                                       78
<PAGE>



Director,   the  FDIC  has   authority  to  take  such  action   under   certain
circumstances.  Federal and state law also  establishes  criminal  penalties for
certain violations.

         Standards for Safety and  Soundness.  The FDI Act requires each federal
banking agency to prescribe for all insured  depository  institutions  standards
relating to, among other  things,  internal  controls,  information  systems and
audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest rate risk
exposure,  asset  growth  and  compensation,  fees and  benefits  and such other
operational  and  managerial  standards  as the agency  deems  appropriate.  The
federal banking  agencies have adopted  regulations  and Interagency  Guidelines
Establishing  Standards  for Safety and  Soundness  ("Guidelines")  to implement
these safety and soundness  standards.  The  Guidelines set forth the safety and
soundness  standards  that the federal  banking  agencies  use to  identify  and
address  problems at insured  depository  institutions  before  capital  becomes
impaired.  The Guidelines  address  internal  controls and information  systems;
internal audit system;  credit underwriting;  loan documentation;  interest rate
risk exposure; asset growth; asset quality; earnings; and compensation, fees and
benefits.   If  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  determines  that  an
institution  fails to meet a standard  prescribed by the Guidelines,  the agency
may  require  the  institution  to submit to the  agency an  acceptable  plan to
achieve compliance with the standard as required by the FDI Act. The regulations
establish  deadlines for the  submission and review of such safety and soundness
compliance plans.

         Capital  Requirements.  The OTS  capital  regulations  require  savings
institutions to meet three capital standards:  a 1.5% tangible capital standard,
a 4% leverage  (core capital to total assets) ratio and an 8% risk based capital
standard.  Core  capital is  generally  defined as common  stockholders'  equity
(including retained earnings),  certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock
and related  surplus and minority  interests in equity  accounts of consolidated
subsidiaries,  less  intangibles  other than certain  mortgage  servicing rights
("MSRs") and certain  purchased credit card  relationships.  The OTS regulations
require that, in meeting the leverage  ratio,  tangible and  risk-based  capital
standards,  institutions  generally  must  deduct  investments  in and  loans to
subsidiaries  engaged in activities as principal that are not  permissible for a
national bank. In addition, the OTS prompt corrective action regulation provides
that a savings institution that has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4% (3%
for institutions  receiving the highest examination rating) will be deemed to be
"undercapitalized"  and may be subject to certain  restrictions.  See  "--Prompt
Corrective Regulatory Action."

         The risk-based capital standard for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary
capital) to  risk-weighted  assets of at least 8%. In determining  the amount of
risk-weighted  assets, all assets,  including certain  off-balance sheet assets,
are  multiplied by a risk-weight  of between 0% and 100%, as assigned by the OTS
capital regulation,  based on the risks OTS believes are inherent in the type of
asset.  The components of core capital are equivalent to those discussed  above.
The components of supplementary  capital generally include cumulative  preferred
stock,  long-term perpetual preferred stock,  mandatory convertible  securities,
subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock and, within specified limits,
the allowance for loan and lease losses.  Overall,  the amount of  supplementary
capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

         The OTS has  incorporated  an  interest  rate risk  component  into its
regulatory  capital  rule.  The final  interest  rate risk rule also adjusts the
risk-weighting  for  certain  mortgage  derivative  securities.  Under the rule,
savings  associations  with "above normal"  interest rate risk exposure would be
subject to a deduction  from total  capital for  purposes of  calculating  their
risk-based capital requirements.  A savings


                                       79
<PAGE>



association's interest rate risk is measured by the decline in the net portfolio
value  of its  assets  (i.e.,  the  difference  between  incoming  and  outgoing
discounted cash flows from assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts)
that would result from a  hypothetical  200-basis  point increase or decrease in
market   interest  rates  divided  by  the  estimated   economic  value  of  the
association's  assets,  as calculated in accordance with guidelines set forth by
the OTS.  A savings  association  whose  measured  interest  rate risk  exposure
exceeds 2% must deduct an  interest  rate  component  in  calculating  its total
capital under the  risk-based  capital rule. The interest rate risk component is
an amount equal to one-half of the difference between the institution's measured
interest rate risk and 2%,  multiplied by the  estimated  economic  value of the
association's assets. That dollar amount is deducted from an association's total
capital in calculating compliance with its risk-based capital requirement. Under
the  rule,  there  is a  two  quarter  lag  between  the  reporting  date  of an
institution's  financial  data  and the  effective  date  for  the  new  capital
requirement  based on that data. A savings  association with assets of less than
$300 million and  risk-based  capital  ratios in excess of 12% is not subject to
the interest rate risk component,  unless the OTS determines otherwise. The rule
also provides  that the Director of the OTS may waive or defer an  association's
interest  rate risk  component on a  case-by-case  basis.  The OTS has postponed
indefinitely  the date  that  the  component  will  first  be  deducted  from an
institution's total capital. As a result of the  recapitalization of the bank by
Greater  Atlantic,  the bank paid the  assessment  and obtained a lower  premium
level. At March 31, 1999, the bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.


         Prompt Corrective  Regulatory  Action.  Under the OTS prompt corrective
action  regulations,  the OTS is required to take  certain  supervisory  actions
against  undercapitalized  institutions,  the severity of which depends upon the
institution's  degree of capitalization.  Generally,  a savings institution that
has a total risk-based  capital ratio of less than 8.0% or a leverage ratio or a
Tier 1 capital to  risk-based  assets ratio that is less than 4.0% is considered
to be  undercapitalized.  A  savings  institution  that  has a total  risk-based
capital  ratio less than 6.0%,  a Tier 1 risk-based  capital  ratio of less than
3.0%  or  a  leverage  ratio  that  is  less  than  3.0%  is  considered  to  be
"significantly  undercapitalized"  and a savings institution that has a tangible
capital to assets  ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be  "critically
undercapitalized."  Subject to a narrow  exception,  the  banking  regulator  is
required  to  appoint a  receiver  or  conservator  for an  institution  that is
critically  undercapitalized.  The  regulation  also  provides  that  a  capital
restoration  plan  must be  filed  with  the OTS  within  45 days of the date an
association  receives  notice  that  it  is  "undercapitalized,"  "significantly
undercapitalized"  or "critically  undercapitalized."  Compliance  with the plan
must be  guaranteed  by any parent  company.  In  addition,  numerous  mandatory
supervisory  actions  may  become  immediately  applicable  to  the  institution
depending upon its category, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring
by regulators,  restrictions on growth and capital distributions and limitations
on  expansion.  The OTS could  also  take any one of a number  of  discretionary
supervisory  actions,  including  the  issuance of a capital  directive  and the
replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

         Insurance  of  Deposit  Accounts.  The FDIC has  adopted  a  risk-based
insurance  assessment  system.  The FDIC assigns an  institution to one of three
capital categories based on the institution's  financial information,  as of the
reporting period ending seven months before the assessment  period.  The capital
categories  are  (1)  well  capitalized,   (2)  adequately  capitalized  or  (3)
undercapitalized.  An  institution  is also  placed in one of three  supervisory
subcategories  within each capital group.  The supervisory  subgroup to which an
institution  is assigned is based on a  supervisory  evaluation  provided to the
FDIC by the  institution's  primary federal  regulator and information  that the
FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution's  financial condition and the
risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds.  An


                                       80
<PAGE>


institution's  assessment  rate depends on the capital  category and supervisory
category  to  which it is  assigned  with the  most  well  capitalized,  healthy
institutions receiving the lowest rates.

         Deposits of the bank are presently  insured by the SAIF.  Both the SAIF
and  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  (the  "BIF")  are  statutorily  required  to be
recapitalized  to a 1.25% of insured  reserve  deposits  ratio.  Until recently,
members of the SAIF and BIF were paying average deposit insurance assessments of
between  24 and 25  basis  points.  The BIF met the  required  reserve  in 1995,
whereas  the SAIF was not  expected to meet or exceed the  required  level until
2002  at the  earliest.  This  situation  was  primarily  due  to the  statutory
requirement that SAIF members make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by
the Financing Corporation ("FICO") to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF.

         In view of the BIF's  achieving  the 1.25% ratio,  the FDIC  ultimately
adopted a new assessment  rate schedule of from 0 to 27 basis points under which
92% of BIF members paid an annual  premium of only $2,000.  With respect to SAIF
member  institutions,  the FDIC adopted a final rule  retaining  the  previously
existing  assessment rate schedule  applicable to SAIF member institutions of 23
to 31 basis points. As long as the premium differential  continued,  it may have
had adverse  consequences  for SAIF members,  including  reduced earnings and an
impaired  ability to raise  funds in the  capital  markets.  In  addition,  SAIF
members,  such as the bank could have been placed at a  substantial  competitive
disadvantage  to BIF members  with  respect to pricing of loans and deposits and
the ability to achieve lower operating costs.

         On September  30, 1996,  the President of the United States signed into
law the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act") which, among other
things,  imposed a special  one-time  assessment  on SAIF  member  institutions,
including the bank, to recapitalize  the SAIF. As required by the Funds Act, the
FDIC  imposed a  special  assessment  of 65.7  basis  points on SAIF  assessable
deposits held as of March 31, 1995, payable November 27, 1996 (the "SAIF Special
Assessment").  Originally,  the bank was  exempted  from  paying the  assessment
because of its capital position but was required to pay higher deposit insurance
premiums.  As a result of the bank's  recapitalization,  the bank recognized the
SAIF Special  Assessment as an expense in the quarter  ended  September 30, 1998
which was tax  deductible.  The SAIF  Special  Assessment  recorded  by the bank
amounted to $84,000 on a pre-tax basis and $52,000 on an after-tax basis.

         The Funds Act also spread the obligations for payment of the FICO bonds
across all SAIF and BIF members. Beginning on January 1, 1997, BIF deposits were
assessed for a FICO payment of 1.3 basis  points,  while SAIF  deposits pay 6.48
basis points.  Full pro rata sharing of the FICO  payments  between BIF and SAIF
members  will  occur on the  earlier  of January 1, 2000 or the date the BIF and
SAIF are merged.

         As a result  of the  Funds  Act,  the  FDIC  effectively  lowered  SAIF
assessments to 0 to 27 basis points as of January 1, 1997, a range comparable to
that of BIF members. Most recently,  the FDIC determined to continue the 0 to 27
basis point range for the second half of 1998.  SAIF members will also  continue
to make the FICO payments  described above.  Management cannot predict the level
of FDIC insurance  assessments on an on-going basis,  whether the federal thrift
charter  will be  eliminated  or  whether  the BIF and SAIF will  eventually  be
merged.

         The bank's assessment rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998
ranged from 35 to 9 basis  points and the regular  premium  paid for this period
was $85,000.


                                       81
<PAGE>


         The  FDIC is  authorized  to raise  the  assessment  rates  in  certain
circumstances.  The FDIC has exercised this authority  several times in the past
and may raise insurance  premiums in the future.  If such action is taken by the
FDIC, it could have an adverse effect on the earnings of the bank.

         Under the FDI Act,  insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC
upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,
is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue  operations or has violated any
applicable law, regulation,  rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the
OTS.  The  management  of the bank does not know of any  practice,  condition or
violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.


         Federal Home Loan Bank System. The bank is a member of the FHLB System,
which consists of 12 regional FHLBs. The FHLB provides a central credit facility
primarily  for  member  institutions.  The bank,  as a member  of the  FHLB,  is
required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at
least equal to 1% of the aggregate  principal  amount of its unpaid  residential
mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of
its advances  (borrowings) from the FHLB,  whichever is greater. The bank was in
compliance with this  requirement  with an investment in FHLB stock at March 31,
1999,  of $1.1  million.  FHLB  advances  must be secured by specified  types of
collateral  and all  long-term  advances may only be obtained for the purpose of
providing funds for residential housing finance. At March 31, 1999, the bank had
$5.0 million in FHLB advances.


         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of insolvent
thrifts  and  to  contribute  funds  for  affordable  housing  programs.   These
requirements  could reduce the amount of  dividends  that the FHLBs pay to their
members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on
advances  to their  members.  For the years ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997,
dividends  from the FHLB to the  bank  amounted  to  approximately  $47,000  and
$30,000, respectively. If dividends were reduced, the bank's net interest income
would likely also be reduced. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact
of recent or future  legislation  on the FHLBs will not also cause a decrease in
the value of the FHLB stock held by the bank.

         Federal Reserve System.  The Federal Reserve Board regulations  require
savings  institutions  to maintain  noninterest-earning  reserves  against their
transaction  accounts.  The Federal Reserve Board regulations  generally require
that  reserves be maintained  against [net  aggregate]  transaction  accounts as
follows:  for accounts  aggregating $46.5 million or less (subject to adjustment
by the Federal  Reserve  Board) the reserve  requirement is 3%; and for accounts
greater than $46.5 million,  the reserve  requirement is $1.395 million plus 10%
(subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve Board between 8% and 14%) against
that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $46.5 million. The first
$4.9 million of otherwise  reservable  balances  (subject to  adjustment  by the
Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve  requirements.  The bank is
in compliance with the foregoing requirements. Because required reserves must be
maintained in the form of either vault cash, a noninterest-bearing  account at a
Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve
Board,  the  effect  of  this  reserve  requirement  is  to  reduce  the  bank's
interest-earning  assets. FHLB System members are also authorized to borrow from
the Federal  Reserve  discount  window,  but Federal  Reserve Board  regulations
require institutions to exhaust all FHLB sources before borrowing from a Federal
Reserve Bank.


                                       82
<PAGE>


HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

         The  company is a  non-diversified  unitary  savings  and loan  company
within  the  meaning of the HOLA.  As such,  the  company  will be  required  to
register  with the OTS and will be  subject  to OTS  regulations,  examinations,
supervision  and reporting  requirements.  In addition,  the OTS has enforcement
authority over the company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries.

         As a unitary  savings and loan  company,  the company is generally  not
restricted  under existing laws as to the types of business  activities in which
it may engage,  provided  that the bank  continues to be a QTL.  See  "--Federal
Savings  Institution   Regulation--QTL   Test"  for  a  discussion  of  the  QTL
requirements.  Upon any  non-supervisory  acquisition  by the company of another
savings  association,  the  company  would  become a multiple  savings  and loan
company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would
be subject to extensive limitations on the types of business activities in which
it could engage.  The HOLA limits the activities of a multiple  savings and loan
company and its  non-insured  institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities
authorized for bank holding  companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding
Company  Act, as amended (the "BHC Act"),  subject to the prior  approval of the
OTS, and to other activities  authorized by OTS regulation.  No multiple savings
and loan  company  may  acquire  more than 5% of the  voting  stock of a company
engaged in impermissible  activities.  Proposed  legislation  would,  subject to
certain  grandfathering,  limit  the  activities  of  unitary  savings  and loan
companies to those permissible for multiple savings and loan holding  companies.
See "Risk  Factors--We  are  subject to  extensive  regulation  and  supervision
legislation."

         The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan company,  directly or indirectly,
or through one or more  subsidiaries,  from acquiring more than 5% of the voting
stock of another savings institution,  or company thereof, without prior written
approval of the OTS, and from acquiring or retaining,  with certain  exceptions,
more than 5% of a non-subsidiary  company or savings association.  The HOLA also
prohibits a savings and loan  company from  acquiring or retaining  control of a
depository   institution  that  is  not  insured  by  the  FDIC.  In  evaluating
applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions,  the OTS must
consider the financial  and  managerial  resources  and future  prospects of the
company and institution  involved,  the effect of the acquisition on the risk to
the insurance  funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive
factors.

         The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition  that would result
in a multiple savings and loan company controlling savings  institutions in more
than one state, except: (i) interstate  supervisory  acquisitions by savings and
loan holding  companies and (ii) the  acquisition  of a savings  institution  in
another  state  if the  laws of the  state  of the  target  savings  institution
specifically  permit such  acquisitions.  The states vary in the extent to which
they permit interstate savings and loan company acquisitions.

         Although savings and loan holding companies are not subject to specific
capital  requirements  or specific  restrictions  on the payment of dividends or
other capital distributions, HOLA does prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary
savings  institutions as described  above.  The bank must notify the OTS 30 days
before declaring any dividend to the company. In addition,  the financial impact
of a company on its subsidiary  institution is a matter that is evaluated by the
OTS and the agency has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture
of  subsidiaries  deemed to pose a threat to the  safety  and  soundness  of the
institution.


                                       83
<PAGE>



THRIFT RECHARTERING

         The Funds Act provides that the BIF and the SAIF were to have merged on
January 1, 1999,  if there were no more  savings  associations  as of that date.
Several bills have been  introduced in Congress that would eliminate the federal
thrift charter, create a uniform financial charter, abolish the OTS and restrict
savings  and loan  holding  company  activities.  The bank is unable to  predict
whether  any such  legislation  will be  enacted  or,  given  such  uncertainty,
determine  the extent to which the  legislation,  if enacted,  would  affect its
business.  The bank is also  unable  to  predict  whether  the SAIF and BIF will
eventually be merged or the federal thrift charter eliminated,  and what effect,
if any, such legislation would have on the bank.


FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

         The company has filed a  registration  statement with the SEC under the
Securities  Act, for the  registration  of the common stock to be issued in this
public offering.  Upon completion of the public  offering,  the company's common
stock will be  registered  with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The company will
then  be  subject  to  the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading
restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

         The registration of the shares of the common stock to be issued in this
public  offering  under the  Securities  Act does not  cover the  resale of such
shares.  Shares of the common stock  purchased by persons who are not affiliates
of the  company  may be resold  without  registration.  Shares  purchased  by an
affiliate of the company will be subject to the resale  restrictions of Rule 144
under the Securities  Act. If the company meets the current  public  information
requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of the company
who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144 (including those that require
the affiliate's sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons) would
be able to sell in the public market,  without registration,  a number of shares
not  to  exceed,  in  any  three-month  period,  the  greater  of  (i) 1% of the
outstanding  shares of the company or (ii) the average  weekly volume of trading
in such shares during the preceding four calendar  weeks.  Provision may be made
in the  future  by the  company  to  permit  affiliates  to  have  their  shares
registered for sale under the Securities Act under certain circumstances.

                           FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

FEDERAL TAXATION

         General.  The company and the bank will report their income on a fiscal
year basis using the accrual method of accounting and will be subject to federal
income taxation in the same manner as other  corporations  with some exceptions.
The  following  discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does
not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the
bank or the  company.  The bank has not been  audited by the IRS or the Virginia
Department of Taxation ("DOT") in the past five years.

         Distributions.   To  the  extent  that  the  bank  makes  "non-dividend
distributions"  to the company that are  considered as made (i) from the reserve
for losses on qualifying real property loans, to the extent the reserve for such
losses  exceeds the amount  that would have been  allowed  under the  experience
method,  or (ii) from the  supplemental  reserve  for  losses on loans  ("Excess
Distributions"), then an


                                       84
<PAGE>


amount based on the amount  distributed  will be included in the bank's  taxable
income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the bank's
current and  accumulated  earnings and profits,  distributions  in redemption of
stock and distributions in partial or complete liquidation.  However,  dividends
paid  out  of the  bank's  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits,  as
calculated for federal income tax purposes,  will not be considered to result in
a  distribution  from the bank's bad debt  reserve.  Thus,  any dividends to the
company that would reduce  amounts  appropriated  to the bank's bad debt reserve
and deducted for federal  income tax purposes  would create a tax  liability for
the  bank.  The  amount  of  additional  taxable  income  created  by an  Excess
Distribution  is an amount  that,  when reduced by the tax  attributable  to the
income,  is equal  to the  amount  of the  distribution.  Thus,  if,  after  the
Conversion, the bank makes a "non-dividend distribution," then approximately one
and one-half  times the amount so used would be  includable  in gross income for
federal income tax purposes, presumably taxed at a 34% corporate income tax rate
(exclusive of state and local taxes). See "Regulation" and "Dividend Policy" for
limits on the payment of dividends of the bank.  The bank does not intend to pay
dividends  that  would  result in a  recapture  of any  portion  of its bad debt
reserve.

         Corporate  Alternative  Minimum Tax ("AMT").  The Code imposes a tax on
alternative  minimum  taxable income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. Only 90% of AMTI
can be offset by net operating  loss  carryovers of which the bank currently has
none.  AMTI is  increased  by an amount  equal to 75% of the amount by which the
bank's adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI (determined  without regard to
this preference and prior to reduction for net operating losses).  The bank does
not expect to be subject to the AMT.

         Dividends Received Deduction and Other Matters. The company may exclude
from its income 100% of dividends received from the bank as a member of the same
affiliated group of corporations.  The corporate dividends received deduction is
generally 70% in the case of dividends  received from unaffiliated  corporations
with which the  company  and the bank will not file a  consolidated  tax return,
except  that if the  company  or the bank  owns  more than 20% of the stock of a
corporation  distributing  a dividend then 80% of any dividends  received may be
deducted.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

         Commonwealth of Virginia. The Commonwealth of Virginia imposes a tax at
the rate of 6.0% on the "Virginia  taxable  income" of the bank and the company.
Virginia  taxable  income  is equal  to  federal  taxable  income  with  certain
adjustments.  Significant  modifications  include the  subtraction  from federal
taxable  income of interest or dividends on  obligations  or  securities  of the
United States that are exempt from state income taxes,  and a  recomputation  of
the bad debt reserve deduction on reduced modified taxable income.

         Delaware  Taxation.  As  a  Delaware  company  not  earning  income  in
Delaware,  the  company  is exempt  from  Delaware  corporate  income tax but is
required to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  franchise  tax to the
State of Delaware.  However,  to the extent that the company  conducts  business
outside of Delaware, the company may be considered doing business and subject to
additional taxing jurisdictions outside of Delaware.


                                       85
<PAGE>


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


General.  The  authorized  capital  stock of the company  consists of 10,000,000
shares of common  stock,  par value  $0.01 per share,  and  2,500,000  shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock"). As of March
31,  1999,  822,434  shares of common stock were issued and  outstanding  and no
shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding. As of March 31, 1999, 153,019 shares
of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding  warrants and
employee benefit plans. Since the company is a savings and loan holding company,
the right of the company,  and hence the right of creditors and  stockholders of
the company,  to  participate  in any  distribution  of assets of any subsidiary
(including  Greater  Atlantic Bank) upon its  liquidation or  reorganization  or
otherwise  is  necessarily  subject  to the  prior  claims of  creditors  of the
subsidiary, except to the extent that claims of the company itself as a creditor
of the subsidiary may be recognized.


         The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject in
all respects to the applicable  provisions of the Delaware  General  Corporation
Law and the company's certificate of incorporation.

         Common Stock. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each
share  held of  record  on each  matter  submitted  to a vote  at a  meeting  of
stockholders.  The board of directors  is divided  into three  classes as nearly
equal in number as possible,  with one third of the Board elected at each annual
meeting of  stockholders.  Each share of common stock is entitled to share,  pro
rata, in dividends and in the company's  assets in the event of its  dissolution
or liquidation.  Holders of shares of common stock do not possess any preemptive
rights. The outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.
No option,  warrant,  privilege or right has been issued or is outstanding other
than options granted under the company's stock option plans.

         Subject  to any prior  rights  of any  Preferred  Stock of the  company
outstanding,  holders of the common stock are entitled to dividends when, as and
if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally  available  therefor.
Under  Delaware  law,  the company  may pay  dividends  out of surplus  (whether
capital  surplus or earned  surplus) or net profits for the fiscal year in which
declared or for the preceding fiscal year, even if its surplus accounts are in a
deficit position.  The principal source of funds for payment of dividends by the
company  is its  subsidiary,  Greater  Atlantic  Bank.  Payments  made  by  such
subsidiary  to the  company  are  limited  by law and  regulations  of the  bank
regulatory   authorities.   See  "Regulation  --  Federal  Savings   Institution
Regulation -- Limitation on Capital Distributions."

         Preferred  Stock. The company's board of directors has the authority to
issue shares of the Preferred Stock from time to time as a class without series,
or in one or more series.  The  Preferred  Stock may be issued with such voting,
dividend, redemption, sinking fund, conversion,  exchange, liquidation and other
rights as shall be determined  by resolution of the board of directors,  without
stockholder  approval.  Preferred Stock will have a preference over common stock
as to the payment of dividends,  as to the right to  distribution of assets upon
redemption of shares or upon liquidation of the company, or as to both dividends
and  assets,  and  such  other  preferences  as may be  fixed  by the  board  of
directors.


                                       86
<PAGE>


OPTIONS AND WARRANTS


         At March 31,  1999,  the company had  outstanding  warrants to purchase
94,685  shares and options to purchase  58,334  shares of the  company's  common
stock at  exercise  prices  between  $7.50 and $8.38 per share.  The term of the
warrants  and options is 10 years.  Holders of the  warrants and options have no
rights to have the underlying  shares  registered  under the Securities Act. The
number of shares that may be purchased  upon the exercise of warrants or options
will be adjusted in the event of a  reclassification,  recapitalization or other
adjustment to the  outstanding  common stock.  All options and warrants  granted
under the 1997 Stock Option Plan are fully vested and exercisable.  The exercise
of any of these  warrants or options will result in a dilution of the percentage
of the shares of the  company's  common  stock  owned by each  purchaser  of the
common stock in this offering.


DIVIDENDS

         Holders of shares of common stock are  entitled to  dividends  if, when
and as  declared  by the  board  of  directors  out of funds  legally  available
therefor. The company has not paid any dividends on its common stock and intends
to retain  earnings,  if any, to finance the  development  and  expansion of its
business.  Future  dividend  policy is subject to the discretion of the board of
directors and will depend upon a number of factors,  including  future earnings,
capital requirements, regulatory constraints. and the financial condition of the
company.

GENERAL VOTING REQUIREMENTS

         Except as described in the next section regarding certain supermajority
voting  requirements,  the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares of common  stock  entitled  to vote is required to approve any action for
which shareholder  approval is required. A sale or transfer of substantially all
of the company's assets, liquidation, merger, consolidation,  reorganization, or
similar  extraordinary  corporate action requires the affirmative vote of 80% of
the shares of common  stock  entitled to vote  thereon.  See "Risk  Factors--Our
certificate   of   incorporation   and  bylaws  contain   supermajority   voting
requirements and other anti-takeover measures."

SUPERMAJORITY VOTING REQUIREMENTS; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

         General. The company's  certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain
certain provisions  designed to enhance the ability of the board of directors to
deal with attempts to acquire  control of the company.  These  provisions may be
deemed to have an  anti-takeover  effect and may  discourage  takeover  attempts
which have not been  approved  by the board of  directors  (including  takeovers
which  certain  shareholders  may  deem to be in  their  best  interest).  These
provisions also could  discourage or make more difficult a merger.  tender offer
or proxy contest, even though such transaction may be favorable to the interests
of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the market price.

         The following briefly summarizes protective provisions contained in the
certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is necessarily general and
is  not  intended  to  be  a  complete  description  of  all  the  features  and
consequences of those provisions,  and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws.



                                       87
<PAGE>


         Staggered  Board Terms.  The bylaws provide that the board of directors
be divided into three classes of directors,  one class to be originally  elected
for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders in 2000,  another
class to be  originally  elected for a term  expiring  at the annual  meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2001 and another class to be originally elected for a
term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 2002,  with
each  director to hold office  until his or her  successor  is duly  elected and
qualified.

         The bylaws provide that any  directorships  resulting from any increase
in the number of directors and any vacancies on the  company's  Board  resulting
from death,  resignation,  disqualification,  or  removal,  may be filled by the
board of directors,  acting by a majority of the directors then in office,  even
though less than a quorum,  and any  director so chosen  shall hold office until
the next  election of the class for which such  director  shall have been chosen
and until his or her successor  shall be elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders  the  successors  to the class of directors  whose term
shall then  expire  shall be elected to hold  office for a term  expiring at the
third succeeding annual meeting.  In addition,  any director may be removed from
office but only with cause by the affirmative  vote of the holders of 80% of the
capital stock of the company entitled to vote on such matter.

         These provisions  would preclude a third party from removing  incumbent
directors  and  simultaneously  gaining  control  of the  Board by  filling  the
vacancies  created by removal with its own nominees.  Under the classified board
provisions  described  above,  it would take at least two elections of directors
for any  individual  or group to gain control of the Board.  Accordingly,  these
provisions  could  discourage  a third party from  initiating  a proxy  contest,
making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of the company.

         Stockholder  Vote  Required  to  Approve  Business  Combinations.   The
certificate of incorporation require the affirmative vote of holders of at least
80% of the company's  common stock entitled to vote to approve certain  business
combinations.  If Board approval has been obtained, then the affirmative vote of
holders of only a majority of the company's  common stock entitled to vote would
be required to approve the  transaction.  Business  combinations  subject to the
supermajority  voting requirements  include (i) a merger or consolidation of the
company or any subsidiary of the company,  (ii) the sale, exchange,  transfer or
other  disposition (in one or a series of transactions) of substantially  all of
the assets of the company or a  subsidiary  of the company  having an  aggregate
fair market value,  as defined,  exceeding 25% or more of the combined assets of
the company and its  subsidiaries,  (iii) adoption of a plan or proposal for the
liquidation  or  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  company  on  behalf of an
interested  stockholder,  as defined; or (iv) any reclassification of securities
(including any reverse stock split) or merger or  consolidation  with any of the
company's  subsidiaries  which has the effect of  increasing  the  proportionate
share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of the company
directly or indirectly  owned by any interested  stockholder or any affiliate of
any interested  stockholder . Any amendments to this provision would require the
approval of holders of at least 80% of the  company's  common stock  entitled to
vote thereon.

         This  provision  would have the  effect of making  more  difficult  the
accomplishment  of a merger or the  assumption  of control  of the  company by a
stockholder, because a higher percentage of votes would be required to approve a
business  combination if the  transaction is not approved by the company's board
of  directors.  The board of directors of the company  believes that the company
and its  stockholders  are best  served  when the Board has the  opportunity  to
objectively review and evaluate proposed transactions involving the company, and
that these provisions are desirable and in the best interests of the


                                       88
<PAGE>


company and its  stockholders  because they will deter potential  acquirors from
influencing a transaction that could result in stockholders  receiving less than
fair value for their shares. These provisions,  however, may make more difficult
the  consummation  of a transaction  that has terms favorable to stockholders of
the company.

         Delaware Corporate Law. The state of Delaware has a statute designed to
provide  Delaware   corporations  with  additional  protection  against  hostile
takeovers.  The  takeover  statute,  which is  codified  in  Section  203 of the
Delaware  General  Corporate  Law  ("Section  203"),  is intended to  discourage
certain  takeover  practices  by impeding  the ability of a hostile  acquiror to
engage in certain transactions with the target company.

         In general,  Section 203 provides that a "Person" (as defined  therein)
who owns 15% or more of the outstanding  voting stock of a Delaware  corporation
(an  "Interested  Stockholder")  may not  consummate a merger or other  business
combination  transaction with such corporation at any time during the three-year
period  following the date such "Person" became an Interested  Stockholder.  The
term  "business  combination"  is  defined  broadly  to  cover a wide  range  of
corporate transactions  including mergers, sales of assets,  issuances of stock,
transactions  with  subsidiaries and the receipt of  disproportionate  financial
benefits.

         The statute exempts the following transactions from the requirements of
Section 203: (i) any business  combination if, prior to the date a person became
an Interested  Stockholder,  the board of directors approved either the business
combination or the  transaction  which resulted in the  stockholder  becoming an
Interested  Stockholder;  (ii) any business  combination  involving a person who
acquired at least 85% of the  outstanding  voting  stock in the  transaction  in
which he became an Interested Stockholder, with the number of shares outstanding
calculated  without regard to those shares owned by the corporation's  directors
who  are  also  officers  and  by  employee  stock  plans;  (iii)  any  business
combination  with an  Interested  Stockholder  that is  approved by the board of
directors and by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding  voting stock not owned by
the Interested  Stockholder;  and (iv) certain  business  combinations  that are
proposed  after the  corporation  had received other  acquisition  proposals and
which are  approved or not opposed by a majority  of  continuing  members of the
board of directors. A corporation may exempt itself from the requirements of the
statute by adopting an amendment to its certificate of  incorporation  or bylaws
electing  not to be governed by Section 203. At the present  time,  the board of
directors does not intend to propose any such amendment.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Prior to this offering,  there has been no  established  public trading
market for the common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock
in the public  market could  adversely  affect the  prevailing  market price and
impair the company's ability to raise additional funds.


         Upon  completion of this  offering,  the company will have  outstanding
2,822,434  shares of common  stock  (assuming  no exercise of the  underwriters'
over-allotment  option).  The  shares  sold in  this  offering  will  be  freely
tradeable by persons  other than  "affiliates"  of the company,  as that term is
defined in the Securities  Act. The 822,434  shares of common stock  outstanding
prior to this  offering  may not be sold  unless they are  registered  under the
Securities  Act or are sold  pursuant  to Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act or
another exemption from registration.


                                       89
<PAGE>



         As of March 31, 1999,  an  aggregate of 822,434  shares of common stock
are  beneficially  owned by the  company's  executive  officers,  directors  and
current  stockholders.  Our executive  officers,  directors and holders of 2% or
more of the  company's  common  stock have  agreed that for a period of 180 days
from the date of this prospectus, they will not sell, offer for sale or take any
action that may constitute a transfer of shares of common stock.  There are also
153,019 shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, Although the sale of
the shares  issued upon  exercise of options and  warranties  will be restricted
under Rule 144,  the sale of any number of shares of common  stock in the public
market  following  the  offering  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on the  then
prevailing market price of the shares.


         Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus,  if a period of at
least two years has  elapsed  from the date  that  shares of common  stock  were
acquired  from the company or an affiliate  of the  company,  the holder of such
shares (including an affiliate of the company),  may sell, pursuant to Rule 144,
within any three month  period  that number of shares  which does not exceed the
greater  of 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of common  stock or the  average
weekly  trading  volume of the  common  stock  during  the four  calendar  weeks
preceding  such  sale.  Sales  pursuant  to Rule  144  are  subject  to  certain
requirements  relating to the manner of sale, notice and availability of current
public  information about the company.  If at least three years has elapsed from
the date the  shares of common  stock  were  acquired  from the  company,  or an
affiliate of the company,  and the proposed  seller has not been an affiliate of
the company at any time during the three months immediately  preceding the sale,
such  person is entitled  to sell such  shares  pursuant to Rule 144(k)  without
regard to the limitations  described  above. See "Risk Factors - Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."


                                       90

<PAGE>


                                  UNDERWRITING


         Legg Mason Wood  Walker,  Incorporated,  as  underwriter,  has  agreed,
subject  to the terms and  conditions  of its  underwriting  agreement  with the
company, to purchase from the company 2,000,000 of shares of common stock at the
initial public  offering price less the  underwriting  discounts and commissions
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

         The  underwriting  agreement  provides  that  the  obligations  of  the
underwriter are subject to certain conditions,  and that if any of the foregoing
shares  of  common  stock  are  purchased  by the  underwriter  pursuant  to the
underwriting  agreement,  all such shares must be so purchased.  The underwriter
may reject orders in whole or in part and withdraw,  cancel, or modify the offer
without  notice.  The company has agreed to indemnify  the  underwriter  against
certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the  Securities  Act, or to
contribute to payments which the  underwriter may be required to make in respect
thereof.

         The  underwriter may also impose a penalty bid on certain selling group
members.  This means that if the underwriter purchases shares of common stock in
the open market to reduce the  underwriter's  short position or to stabilize the
price of the common stock,  it may reclaim the amount of the selling  concession
from the selling group members who sold those shares as part of the offering.

         The  underwriter  may create a "short  position" in the common stock in
connection with the offering,  which means that they may over-allot or sell more
shares  than  are  set  forth  on the  cover  page of  this  prospectus.  If the
underwriter  creates  a  short  position  by  such   over-allotment,   then  the
underwriter  may reduce that short  position by  purchasing  common stock in the
open  market.  The  underwriter  also may elect to reduce any short  position by
exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. In general,  purchases of a
security for the purpose of  stabilization  or to reduce a short  position could
cause the price of the  security to be higher than it might  otherwise be in the
absence of such  purchases.  The  imposition of a penalty bid might also have an
effect on the  price of a  security  to the  extent  that it were to  discourage
resales of the security.


         The company has granted to the  underwriter a 30-day option to purchase
up to 300,000 additional shares of common stock at the initial offering price to
public, less the underwriting  discounts and commissions shown on the cover page
of this prospectus. To the extent such option is exercised, the underwriter will
be committed,  subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional
shares of common stock proportionate to the underwriter's  initial commitment as
set forth in the preceding table.


         The company has been advised by the underwriter that the underwriter
proposes  to offer the  shares of common  stock to the public  initially  at the
public  offering  price set forth on the cover


                                       91
<PAGE>

page of this prospectus and to certain  selected dealers at such public offering
price less a concession of $____ per share.  The selected  dealers may reallow a
concession  not to exceed $_____ per share to certain other  dealers.  After the
initial public  offering,  the public offering price, the concession to selected
dealers  and  the   reallowance   to  other   dealers  may  be  changed  by  the
underwriter.  The Company has agreed to pay the  underwriter a fee of $50,000 in
consideration of the underwriter's financial advisory services upon consummation
of the offering

         The company and each of the officers  and  directors of the company and
each   shareholder  and  holder  of  options,   warrants  or  other   securities
exercisable,  convertible or exchangeable for common stock who beneficially owns
2% or more of the outstanding  equity  securities of the company has agreed with
the  underwriter  that for a period  of 180 days  after  the  completion  of the
offering they will not offer,  sell,  or otherwise  dispose of any shares of its
capital stock or securities  exchangeable  or convertible or exercisable for its
capital  stock other than the shares of common stock offered  hereby,  except in
certain  limited  circumstances,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
underwriter.


                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         The legality of the shares  offered  hereby will be passed upon for the
company  by  Muldoon,  Murphy &  Faucette  LLP,  5101  Wisconsin  Avenue,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20016,  and for the  underwriter  by Elias,  Matz,  Tiernan &
Herrick L.L.P., 734 15th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  consolidated  financial  statements and schedule  included in this
prospectus and in the  registration  statement have been audited by BDO Seidman,
LLP, independent certified public accountants, to the extent and for the periods
set forth in their report  appearing  elsewhere  herein and in the  registration
statement and have been included herein in reliance upon such reports given upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION


         The company has filed with the Commission a  registration  statement on
Form SB-2 (File No.  333-76169)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,
with  respect to the common  stock  offered  hereby.  This  prospectus  does not
contain all the information  contained in the  registration  statement,  certain
parts of which are  omitted as  permitted  by the rules and  regulations  of the
Commission. This information may be inspected at the public reference facilities
maintained by the  Commission at 450 Fifth  Street,  NW, Room 1024,  Washington,
D.C. 20549 and at its regional  offices at 500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,
Chicago,  Illinois  60661;  and 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New
York 10048. Copies may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Room of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  NW,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  The
public may obtain  information on the operation of the Public  Reference Room by
calling the Commission at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  registration  statement also is
available  through  the  Commission's  World  Wide Web site on the  Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov.


                                       92
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997

Independent Auditors' Report                                              F-2

Financial Statements:

         Consolidated statements of financial condition                   F-3

         Consolidated statements of operations                     F-4 to F-5

         Consolidated statements of comprehensive income                  F-6

         Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity                  F-7

         Consolidated statements of cash flows                     F-8 to F-9

         Notes to consolidated financial statements              F-10 to F-34


                                      F-1

<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors
Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp. as of September 30, 1998, and the related
statements of operations,  comprehensive income,  stockholders' equity, and cash
flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  We  have  also  audited  the   accompanying
consolidated  statement of financial  condition of the predecessor  corporation,
Greater  Atlantic  Corporation,  as of  September  30,  1997,  and  the  related
statements of operations,  comprehensive income,  stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  conditions of Greater Atlantic Financial
Corp. at September 30, 1998, and the predecessor  corporation,  Greater Atlantic
Corporation at September 30, 1997, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for the years then ended.

                                                             /s/BDO Seidman, LLP

Washington, D.C.
December 10, 1998, except for
Note 21, the date of which is
April 12, 1999



                                      F-2

<PAGE>
          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  MARCH 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    1999             1998              1997
                                                             --------------- ------------------ ----------------
                                                                 (unaudited)
<S>                                                         <C>                       <C>                 <C>
                                     ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                                          $ 893,931        $  433,218         $ 240,035
Interest bearing deposits                                          9,131,230                 -                 -
Investment securities (Notes 3 and 10)
         Available-for-sale                                       77,137,716        51,171,435                 -
         Held-to-maturity                                                  -                 -         1,004,836
         Trading                                                           -           241,250                 -
Loans held for sale (Note 4)                                       1,366,822        25,321,543         9,946,377
Loans receivable, net (Notes 4, 10 and 16)                        31,364,712        25,509,868        18,854,524
Accrued interest and dividends receivable (Note 5)                   974,504           854,767           206,772
Deferred income taxes (Note 11)                                      679,000           997,000            60,000
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                              1,112,600         1,100,000           414,400
Foreclosed real estate (Note 7)                                      187,200            90,283           201,692
Premises and equipment, net (Note 6)                               1,682,885           757,792           229,014
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                  1,365,087           864,780           395,950
                                                           ------------------ ----------------- -----------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                    $125,895,687      $107,341,936       $31,553,600
                                                           ================== ================= =================


                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits (Note 8)                                              $112,091,423        $76,310,537        $28,377,011
Advance payments from borrowers
         for taxes and insurance                                    267,709            247,756            118,594
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (Note 9)                   1,543,771          1,814,024            244,179
Income taxes payable                                                      -            152,163                  -
Advances from the FHLB (Note 10)                                  5,000,000         22,000,000          1,250,000
                                                           -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES                                               118,902,903        100,524,480         29,989,784
                                                           -------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
Stockholders' Equity (Notes 14 and 21)
     Preferred stock $.01 par value - 2,500,000 shares
         authorized, 0 shares outstanding at March 31, 1999; $4 par
         value - 1,000,000 shares authorized; 0 and 468,284 shares
         outstanding at  September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively        -                  -          1,873,136
    Common stock, $.01 par value - 10,000,000
         shares authorized; 822,434, 813,473
         and 330,000 shares outstanding,                              8,224              8,135              3,300
         respectively
    Additional paid-in capital                                    6,167,777          6,092,865          3,901,217
    Retained earnings (deficit)                                   1,031,408            609,110         (4,213,837)
    Accumulated other comprehensive income                         (214,625)           107,346                  -
                                                           -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                        6,992,784          6,817,456          1,563,816
                                                           -------------------------------------------------------
                                                               $125,895,687       $107,341,936        $31,553,600
                                                           =======================================================
</TABLE>



     See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                                           MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1999          1998            1998              1997
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>               <C>                <C>

Interest income
  Loans                                               $1,867,697   $1,188,200        $2,630,943        $2,253,113
  Investments                                          1,922,458      265,740         1,379,881           140,710
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Total interest income                                  3,790,155    1,453,940         4,010,824         2,393,823
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Interest expense
  Deposits (Note 8)                                    2,422,773      684,037         2,163,240         1,134,824
  Borrowed money                                         368,936       97,479           399,465           156,007
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Total interest expense                                 2,791,709      781,516         2,562,705         1,290,831
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Net interest income                                      998,446      672,424         1,448,119         1,102,992
Provision for loan losses (Note 4)                        23,132       95,313           159,486           487,430
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Net interest income after provision for
  loan losses                                            975,314      577,111         1,288,633           615,562
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Noninterest income
  Fees and service charges                               296,104      261,682           494,433           266,435
  Gain on sale of loans                                4,395,835    2,609,426         5,774,281         3,261,349
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
Total noninterest income                              $4,691,939   $2,871,108        $6,268,714        $3,527,784
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------

</TABLE>


                                      F-4

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (CON'T)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                                           MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1999          1998            1998              1997
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -------------------
                                                                  (Unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>

Noninterest expense
  Compensation and employee benefits                   $2,936,823      $1,656,380       $3,747,657        $2,996,191
  Occupancy                                               449,758         193,013          497,653           325,346
  Professional services                                   104,490          68,270          192,701           129,905
  Advertising                                             246,554         199,022          567,575            37,333
  Deposit insurance premium                                30,800          54,513           94,942            97,895
  Furniture, fixtures and equipment                       211,305          88,177          202,715           160,186
  Data processing                                          62,388          77,064          132,057            90,694
  Provision for (recovery of) loss on real
  estate owned (Note 7)                                    (5,972)          5,172            5,172           205,437
  Other real estate owned expenses (Note 7)                10,666          13,293           28,704            35,073
  Other operating expenses                                940,143         539,260        1,168,061           699,150
                                                   --------------- --------------- ----------------  ----------------
Total noninterest expense                               4,986,955       2,894,164        6,637,237         4,777,210
                                                   --------------- --------------- ----------------  ----------------
Income (loss) before income tax provision                 680,298         554,055          920,110          (633,864)
                                                   --------------- --------------- ----------------  ----------------
Income tax provision (Note 11)                            258,000         212,000          311,000                 -
                                                   --------------- --------------- ----------------  ----------------
Net income (loss)                                       $ 422,298       $ 342,055        $ 609,110         $(633,864)
                                                   --------------- --------------- ----------------  ----------------
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share
(Note 15)                                                    $.52            $.44             $.77            $(1.92)
                                                   =============== =============== ================  ================


</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-5

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                                           MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1999          1998            1998              1997
                                                   -------------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>                 <C>       <C>

Net (loss) income                                        $422,298      $342,055          $609,110        $(633,864)
                                                   --------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
  Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:
  Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising
  during period                                         (321,971)        15,501           107,346                 -
                                                   --------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
Other comprehensive income (loss)                       (321,971)        15,501           107,346                 -
                                                   --------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
Comprehensive (loss) income                              $100,327      $357,556          $716,456       $ (633,864)
                                                   =============== ============= ================= =================

</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           ACCUMULATED
                                                          ADDITIONAL      ACCUMULATED         OTHER             TOTAL
                           PREFERRED        COMMON         PAID-IN          EARNINGS      COMPREHENSIVE     STOCKHOLDERS'
                             STOCK          STOCK          CAPITAL         (DEFICIT)          INCOME           EQUITY
                         --------------- ------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                      <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>               <C>

Balance at
  September 30, 1996      $1,450,000       $ 3,300       $ 3,901,217    $(3,579,973)            $    -      $ 1,774,544

Net loss for the year              -             -                 -       (633,864)                 -         (633,864)

Issuance of preferred
  stock (Note 14)            423,136             -                 -               -                 -          423,136
                         --------------- ------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------- ----------------
Balance at
  September 30, 1997       1,873,136         3,300         3,901,217     (4,213,837)                 -        1,563,816

Sale of stock by
  former investors
  (Note 2)                (1,873,136)       (3,300)       (3,901,217)     4,213,837                  -       (1,563,816)

Issuance of 813,473
  common shares                    -         8,135         6,092,865               -                 -        6,101,000

Other comprehensive
  income, net of tax
  of $65,681                       -             -                 -               -           107,346          107,346

Net income for the year            -             -                 -        609,110                 -           609,110
                         --------------- ------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------- ----------------
Balance at
  September 30, 1998               -         8,135         6,092,865        609,110            107,346        6,817,456


Issuance of 8,961
  common shares                                 89            74,912                                             75,001
  (unaudited)


Net income for the
  period (unaudited)               -             -                 -        422,298                 -           422,298

Other comprehensive
   income,  net of tax
   of $199,900
  (unaudited)                      -             -                 -               -          (321,971)        (321,971)
                         --------------- ------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------- ----------------

Balance at
  March 31, 1999
 (unaudited)                  $    -         $ 8,224        $6,167,777   $1,031,408          $(214,625)      $6,992,784
                         =============== ============= ================= =============== ================= ================

</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-7

<PAGE>



          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED                     YEARS ENDED
                                                                MARCH 31,                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1999            1998               1998              1997
                                                      -------------  ----------------   --------------- -------------------
                                                      (Unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)                                           $422,298           $342,055            $609,110         $(633,864)
Adjustments to reconcile net
income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities
Provision for loan losses                                     23,132             95,313             159,486            487,430
Provision for losses on foreclosed assets                     (5,972)             5,172               5,172            205,437
Depreciation and amortization                                172,138             57,736             133,099            116,242
Deferred income taxes                                        318,000                  -            (274,000)                 -
Unrealized loss (gain) on trading securities                  (5,750)            11,707               5,750                  -
Realized gain on sale of investments                          (2,130)                  -                   -                 -
Amortization of excess of purchase price
over net assets acquired                                           -             14,330              19,600                  -
Amortization of security premiums                            284,923             19,231             274,226              7,000
Amortization of deferred fees                                 26,688            (32,317)            (60,422)          (117,541)
Stock compensation                                                 -                  -                   -            423,136
Discount accretion net of premium
amortization                                                 (92,235)           (43,096)              7,171            (10,378)
Loss on disposal of fixed assets                                   -                  -               1,687                  -
Loss (gain) on sale of foreclosed real estate                  3,547                367                 756            (16,143)
Gain on sale of loans held for sale                       (4,395,835)        (2,609,426)         (5,774,281)        (3,261,349)
(Increase) decrease in assets:
  Disbursements for origination of loans                (186,528,196)      (130,383,098)       (252,602,776)      (138,202,824)
  Proceeds from sales of loans                           214,878,752        112,268,606         243,001,891        136,823,690
  Accrued interest and dividend                             (119,737)          (192,023)           (647,995)            38,979
     receivable
  Insurance recoveries on foreclosures                             -                  -                   -             44,152
  Prepaid expenses and other assets                         (500,307)          (367,185)           (468,831)          (211,152)
  Deferred loan fees collected, net of
  deferred costs incurred                                    (19,087)            41,498            (227,125)            50,045
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities                    (270,253)           823,061           1,569,645            124,743
  Income taxes payable                                        47,737            212,000              85,869                  -
  Purchases of trading securities                                  -                  -            (247,000)                 -
  Proceeds from sale of trading securities                   243,120                  -                   -                  -
                                                  ------------------- ------------------   ----------------- ------------------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities                                              $ 24,480,833      $ (19,736,069)      $ (14,428,968)      $ (4,132,397)
                                                  ------------------- ------------------   ----------------- ------------------

</TABLE>
                                      F-8

<PAGE>

 GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED                      YEAR ENDED
                                                                  MARCH 31,                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999             1998              1998              1997
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>               <C>                 <C>
                                                                 (Unaudited)

Cash flow from investing activities
     Net (decrease) increase in loans                     $(5,986,403)       $(159,725)       $(6,402,285)       $ 1,767,967
     Purchases of premises and equipment                   (1,097,231)        (146,634)          (663,564)           (38,654)
     Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate             98,569                -             97,031             25,337
     Purchases of investment securities                   (43,736,887)     (17,501,134)       (55,971,612)                 -
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities            2,265,534                -                  -                  -
     Proceeds   from    repayments   of   investment       14,704,288        1,279,026          5,703,814                  -
     securities
     Purchases of FHLB stock                               (2,565,500)        (245,600)          (758,100)                 -
     Proceeds from sale of FHLB stock                       2,552,900                 -            72,500                  -
     Acquisition, net of cash acquired                               -      (2,367,517)        (2,367,517)                 -
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities       (33,764,730)     (19,141,584)       (60,289,733)         1,754,650
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------
Cash flow from  financing activities
     Net increase(decrease) in deposits                    35,780,886       32,145,616         47,931,522          5,006,040
     Issuance of common shares                                 75,001        5,850,000          6,101,000                 -
     Net advances (repayments) from FHLB                  (17,000,000)       1,816,000         20,750,000         (3,750,000)
     Increase (decrease) in advance payments by
          borrowers for taxes and insurance                    19,953          202,370            129,362              5,084
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities        18,875,840       40,013,986         74,911,884          1,261,124
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents            9,591,943        1,136,333            193,183         (1,116,623)
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period             433,218          240,035            240,035          1,356,658
                                                       --------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period               $10,025,161      $ 1,376,368         $  433,218          $ 240,035
                                                       =============== ================= ================== ==================


</TABLE>

                                       F-9
<PAGE>






          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

   Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp.  (GAFC, or the "Company") is a bank holding
company whose  principal  activity is the  ownership  and  management of Greater
Atlantic Bank, (GAB or "the Bank"),  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Greater
Atlantic Mortgage  Corporation (GAMC).  Effective October 1, 1997, GAFC acquired
100% of the outstanding  shares of Greater  Atlantic Savings Bank,  F.S.B.  from
Greater Atlantic Corporation (the predecessor  corporation) and changed the name
to Greater Atlantic Bank, (See Note 2). The Bank generates commercial,  mortgage
and consumer  loans and receives  deposits from customers  located  primarily in
Virginia,  Washington, D.C. and Maryland. The Bank operates under a federal bank
charter and provides full banking services.

   GAMC  was  incorporated  as a  separate  entity  on June 11,  1998 and  began
independent  operations on September 1, 1998. GAMC is involved  primarily in the
origination  and sale of  single-family  mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent,
multi-family  residential and second mortgage loans.  GAMC also originates loans
for the Bank's portfolio.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

   The consolidated  financial  statements included the accounts of GAFC and its
wholly owned subsidiaries,  GAB and GAMC. All significant  intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   The  financial  information  as of March 31, 1999 and for the six months then
ended is unaudited. In the opinion of management,  such information contains all
adjustments,  consisting only of normal recovering adjustments,  necessary for a
fair  presentation of the results for such periods.  Results for interim periods
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for an entire year.

RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES

   In its normal  course of business,  the Company  encounters  two  significant
types of risk:  economic  and  regulatory.  There are three main  components  of
economic risk:  interest rate risk,  credit risk and market risk. The Company is
subject  to  interest  rate  risk  to  the  degree  that  its   interest-bearing
liabilities  mature or reprice more rapidly,  or on a different basis,  than its
interest-earning  assets.  Credit  risk is the risk of default on the  Company's
loan portfolio that results from the borrowers'  inability or  unwillingness  to
make contractually required payments.  Market risk reflects changes in the value
of collateral  underlying loans receivable and the valuation of real estate held
by the  Company.  The  determination  of the  allowance  for loan losses and the
valuation  of  real  estate  are  based  on  estimates  that  are   particularly
susceptible  to  significant  changes  in the  economic  environment  and market
conditions.  Management  believes  that,  as of March 31, 1999 and September 30,
1998,  the  allowance  for loan losses and valuation of real estate are adequate
based on information  currently  available.  A worsening or protracted  economic
decline would  increase the  likelihood of losses due to credit and market risks
and could create the need for  substantial  additional  loan loss reserves.  See
discussion of regulatory matters in Note 13.


                                      F-10


<PAGE>






          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

          The Company's  primary business  activity is with customers located in
Maryland,   Virginia  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  Company  primarily
originates  residential loans to customers  throughout these areas, most of whom
are  residents  local to the  Company 's business  locations.  The Company has a
diversified  loan portfolio  consisting of residential,  commercial and consumer
loans. Commercial and consumer loans generally provide for higher interest rates
and  shorter  terms,  however  such loans have a higher  degree of credit  risk.
Management monitors all loans, including,  when possible,  making inspections of
the properties,  maintaining  current operating  statements,  and performing net
realizable  value  calculations,  with  allowances  for  losses  established  as
necessary to properly reflect the value of the properties.  Management  believes
the current loss allowances are sufficient to cover the credit risk estimated to
exist at March 31, 1999 and September 30, 1998.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     Investment  securities which the Company has the intent and ability to hold
to maturity  are carried at amortized  cost.  The  amortization  of premiums and
accretion of discounts are recorded on the level yield (interest)  method,  over
the period from the date of purchase to maturity. When sales do occur, gains and
losses  are  recognized  at the  time of sale and the  determination  of cost of
securities  sold is based upon the specific  identification  method.  Investment
securities which the Company intends to hold for indefinite periods of time, use
for asset/liability  management or that are to be sold in response to changes in
interest  rates,  prepayment  risk, the need to increase  regulatory  capital or
other similar factors are classified as  available-for-sale  and carried at fair
value with unrealized  gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in a
separate  component of  stockholders'  equity.  If a sale does occur,  gains and
losses are  recognized  as a component of earnings at the time of the sale.  The
amortization  of premiums and  accretion of discounts  are recorded on the level
yield method.

     Investment  securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose
of  selling  them in the near term are  classified  as  trading  securities  and
reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal  balances,  net of unearned
discounts resulting from add-on interest,  participation or whole-loan interests
owned by  others,  un-disbursed  loans  in  process,  deferred  loan  fees,  and
allowances for loan losses.


     Loans are placed on  non-accrual  status when the  principal or interest is
past due more  than 90 days or when,  in  management's  opinion,  collection  of
principal  and  interest  is not likely to be made in  accordance  with a loan's
contractual terms.

     The allowance for loan losses  provides for the risk of losses  inherent in
the lending process.  The allowance for loan losses is based on periodic reviews
and analyses of the loan portfolio which include  consideration  of such factors
as the  risk  rating  of  individual  credits,  the size  and  diversity  of the
portfolio,  economic  conditions,  prior loss experience and results of periodic
credit reviews of the  portfolio.  The allowance for loan losses is increased by
provisions  for loan losses charged  against income and reduced by  charge-offs,
net of recoveries.  In management's  judgment,  the allowance for loan losses is
considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

     The Company uses a two-tier approach:  (1) identification of impaired loans
and the  establishment  of  specific  loss  allowances  on such  loans;  and (2)
establishment of general valuation allowances on the remainder of the portfolio.
The Company  considers a loan to be impaired if it is probable that they will be
unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the
contractual  terms of the loan agreement.  When a loan is deemed  impaired,  the
Company  computes the present value of the loan's future cash flows,  discounted
at the effective  interest rate. The effective rate used is the contractual rate
adjusted for any deferred fees,  deferred costs,  premiums or discounts existing
at  origination.  If the present  value is less than the  carrying  value of the
loan, a valuation  allowance is recorded.  For collateral  dependent  loans, the
Company uses the fair value of the collateral,  less estimated costs to sell, on
a discounted basis, to measure impairment.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale are carried at the lower of
cost or  estimated  market value in the  aggregate.  Net  unrealized  losses are
recognized in a valuation allowance by charges to income.

MORTGAGE LOAN INCOME, DISCOUNTS AND PREMIUMS

     Interest income on loans is recorded on the accrual  method.  Discounts and
premiums relating to mortgage loans purchased are deferred and amortized against
or  accreted  into  income  over the  estimated  lives of the  loans  using  the
level-yield  method.  Accrual of interest is  discontinued  and an allowance for
uncollected  interest is established and charged to interest income for the full
amount of accrued interest receivable on loans which are delinquent for a period
of 90 days or more.

LOAN ORIGINATION AND COMMITMENT FEES

   Loan  origination  and commitment  fees and certain  incremental  direct loan
origination  costs are being deferred with the net amount being  amortized as an
adjustment of the related loan's yield.  The Company is amortizing those amounts
over the  contractual  life of the  related  loans as adjusted  for  anticipated
prepayments using current and past payment trends.

MORTGAGE LOAN SALES AND SERVICING

     The Company originates and sells loans and participating  interest in loans
generally  without  retaining  servicing  rights.  Loans are sold to provide the
Company  with  additional  funds and to  generate  gains from  mortgage  banking
operations.  Loans  originated  for sale  are  carried  at the  lower of cost or
market.  When a loan and the related  servicing are sold the Company  recognizes
any gain or loss at the time of sale.

     When servicing is retained on a loan that is sold, the Company recognizes a
gain or loss based on the present  value of the  difference  between the average
constant rate of interest it receives,  adjusted for a normal servicing fee, and
the yield it must pay to the purchaser of the loan over the estimated  remaining
life of the loan.  Any resulting net premium is deferred and amortized  over the
estimated life of the loan using a method  approximating the level-yield method.
During the years  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997,  no loans were sold with
servicing rights  retained.  Loans of $2,863,325 were sold with servicing rights
retained as of March 31, 1999. The Company also sells participation interests in
loans that it services.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and  equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is computed on
the  straight-line  method over useful  lives  ranging from five to seven years.
Leasehold  improvements  are capitalized  and amortized using the  straight-line
method over the life of the related lease.

FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

     Real estate acquired  through  foreclosure is recorded at the lower of cost
or  fair  value  less  estimated  selling  costs.  Subsequent  to  the  date  of
foreclosure,  valuation  adjustments are made, if required, to the lower of cost
or fair value less estimated  selling  costs.  Costs related to holding the real
estate,  net of related  income,  are  reflected in  operations  when  incurred.
Recognition  of gains on sale of real estate is dependent  upon the  transaction
meeting  certain  criteria  relating to the nature of the property  sold and the
terms of the sale.


                                      F-12


<PAGE>
          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

INCOME TAXES

   Income taxes are calculated using the liability method specified by Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". ("SFAS
109") The net  deferred  tax asset is  reduced,  if  necessary,  by a  valuation
allowance for the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available  evidence,
are not expected to be realized. (See Note 11).

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company  considers cash and interest bearing deposits in other banks as
cash and cash equivalents for purposes of preparing the statement of cash flows.

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     Statement   of   Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  130,   Reporting
Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"),  establishes  standards for the reporting and
display of  comprehensive  income,  its  components  and  accumulated  balances.
Comprehensive  income is defined to include all changes in equity  except  those
resulting from investments by owners and  distributions  to owners.  Among other
disclosures, SFAS 130 requires that all items that are required to be recognized
under current  accounting  standards as components  of  comprehensive  income be
reported in a financial  statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial  statements.  SFAS 130 is effective for financial statements for
periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company adopted SFAS 130 for the
six months ended March 31, 1999 and has  restated  comparative  information  for
earlier years presented.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

   The Company  records  stock-based  compensation  under the provisions of SFAS
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which  permits  entities to
recognize, as expense over the vesting period, the fair value of all stock-based
awards on the date of grant.


   Alternatively,  SFAS  123 also  allows  entities  to  continue  to apply  the
provision of Accounting  Principles Board (APB) Opinion 25 and provide pro forma
net income and pro forma  earnings  per share  disclosures  for  employee  stock
option  grants as if the  fair-value-based  method  defined in SFAS 123 had been
applied.  The Company has  elected to  continue to apply the  provisions  of APB
Opinion 25, which requires compensation expense be recorded on the date of grant
only if the current  market price of the  underlying  stock exceeds the exercise
price, and provide the pro forma disclosure  provisions of SFAS 123. See Note 14
of the notes to consolidated  financial  statements for the pro forma net income
and pro forma earnings per share disclosures.


RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain  prior year  amounts  have been  reclassified  to conform to the current
method of presentation.



                                      F-13


<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)



2.  ACQUISITION


     Effective October 1, 1997, Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.  purchased 100%
of the outstanding common and preferred shares of Greater Atlantic Savings Bank,
F.S.B.  from Greater  Atlantic  Corporation.  The aggregate  purchase  price was
approximately  $2,028,000,  excluding transaction  expenses.  The acquisition is
being accounted for as a purchase,  and  accordingly,  the financial  statements
include assets and liabilities  acquired at fair value and results of operations
from the date of  acquisition.  As a result  of this  transaction,  goodwill  of
approximately  $700,000 was recorded and was being  amortized on a straight-line
basis over 15 years.  In accordance  with SFAS 109, when the Company reduced the
valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets, it first reduced to zero
the goodwill related to the acquisition. (See Notes 11 and 19).

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>            <C>           <C>

3. INVESTMENTS      AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE, MARCH 31, 1999
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              GROSS          GROSS
                                                            AMORTIZED       UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED        MARKET
                                                               COST           GAINS          LOSSES          VALUE
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                    Equity securities                         $9,093,224         $    -      $(76,047)       $9,017,177
                    SBA Notes                                 31,464,727          3,630      (302,674)       31,165,683
                    FHLB Notes                                 1,000,000              -       (10,940)          989,060
                    CMO's                                      1,730,782          6,505              -        1,737,287
                    Corporate debt securities                  2,112,341         99,299        (2,750)        2,208,890
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              45,401,074        109,434      (392,411)       45,118,097
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
                    FNMA notes                                21,287,118         18,867       (70,899)       21,235,086
                    GNMA notes                                 3,070,301          1,827       (19,489)        3,052,639
                    FHLMC notes                                5,181,879              -       (32,610)        5,149,269
                    REMICS                                     2,546,188         36,437              -        2,582,625
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              32,085,486         57,131      (122,998)       32,019,619
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $77,486,560       $166,565     $(515,409)      $77,137,716
                    ===================================================================================================
                    AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              GROSS          GROSS
                                                            AMORTIZED       UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED        MARKET
                                                               COST           GAINS          LOSSES          VALUE
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                        SBA Notes                            $22,561,220       $109,458      $(32,339)      $22,638,339
                        FHLB Notes                             8,565,000          9,063              -        8,574,063
                        FHLMC Notes                            1,000,000              -              -        1,000,000
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              32,126,220        118,521       (32,339)       32,212,402
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    MORTGAGE-BACKED
                    SECURITIES
                        FNMA Notes                            11,027,100         94,873       (41,087)       11,080,886
                        GNMA Notes                             3,723,282          4,842       (11,763)        3,716,361
                        FHLMC Notes                            1,562,906            337        (2,238)        1,561,005
                        REMICS                                 2,558,900         41,881              -        2,600,781
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              18,872,188        141,933       (55,088)       18,959,033
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $50,998,408       $260,454      $(87,427)      $51,171,435
                    ===================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)


                    <S>                                     <C>                <C>           <C>          <C>
                    TRADING SECURITIES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              GROSS          GROSS
                                                            AMORTIZED       UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED        MARKET
                                                               COST           GAINS          LOSSES          VALUE
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                    Corporate Notes                             $247,000         $    -       $(5,750)         $241,250
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                $247,000         $    -       $(5,750)         $241,250
                    ===================================================================================================
                    HELD -TO-MATURITY, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            GROSS          GROSS
                                                          AMORTIZED      UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED        MARKET
                                                            COST            GAINS         LOSSES           VALUE
                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Investment securities
                  FHLB Notes                               $1,004,836         $     -       $(6,398)         $998,438
                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $1,004,836        $      -       $(6,398)         $998,438
                  =====================================================================================================
</TABLE>


     The weighted  average  interest rate on  investments  was 7.28% for the six
months  ended March 31,  1999 and 7.57% and 4.72% for the years ended  September
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


     Proceeds from available for sale securities were $2,265,534,  $0 and $0 for
the six months ended March 31, 1999 and the years ended  September  30, 1998 and
1997,  respectively.  Gross  realized  gains were $6,010,  $0 and $0 for the six
months  ended March 31, 1999 and the years  ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.



                                      F-16
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at September 30, 1998,
by contractual maturity, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   <S>                                     <C>                     <C>

                                                                                    AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                              AMORTIZED              FAIR
                                                                                 COST               VALUE
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  AMOUNTS MATURING IN:
                                  One year or less                                  $     -             $     -
                                  After one year through five years               6,523,001           6,537,857
                                  After five years through ten years              8,099,321           8,089,270
                                  After ten years                                20,062,798          20,186,057
                                  Mortgage-backed securities                     16,313,288          16,358,251
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                $50,998,408         $51,171,435
                                  ================================================================================
                                                                                         TRADING
                                                                           -------------------------------------
                                                                              AMORTIZED              FAIR
                                                                                 COST               VALUE
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  AMOUNTS MATURING IN:
                                  After ten years                                  $247,000            $241,250
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   $247,000            $241,250
                                  ================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Actual  maturities may differ from contractual  maturities  because issuers
may have  the  right  to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
prepayment penalties.



                                      F-17
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)



4. LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>                               <C>
                                                                MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1999                1998                1997
                                                            ------------------ ------------------- -------------------
                      Mortgage loans:
                         Single-family                            $17,189,223         $17,198,151          $8,778,361
                         Multi-family                               1,050,335           1,189,000           1,653,000
                         Construction                               4,310,000           5,519,562           6,794,850
                         Commercial real estate                     3,908,378           2,246,457           2,554,591
                         Land loans                                   814,682             723,198           1,176,750
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Total mortgage loans                         27,272,618          26,876,368          20,957,552
                      Commercial loans                              2,059,921             813,542             795,123
                      Consumer loans                                4,237,802             746,353             778,492
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Total loans                                  33,570,341          28,436,263          22,531,167
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Due borrowers on loans-in process            (1,636,302)         (2,276,168)         (2,750,676)
                      Deferred loan fees                               16,524             (37,310)            (54,714)
                      Allowance for loan losses                      (610,000)           (577,929)           (776,150)
                      Unearned premium (discounts)                     24,149             (34,988)            (95,103)
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (2,205,629)         (2,926,395)         (3,676,643)
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET                       $31,364,712         $25,509,868         $18,854,524
                      ================================================================================================

</TABLE>

Loans held for sale are all single-family mortgage loans.


                                      F-18


<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

The activity in allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              <S>                                 <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>

                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                                                            MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      1999          1998            1998             1997
                                                                -------------- -------------- --------------- ----------------
                                Balance, beginning                  $577,929         $776,150       $776,150         $429,257
                                Provision for loan losses             23,132           95,313        159,486          487,430
                                Charge-offs                           (1,061)        (171,463)      (362,707)        (140,537)
                                Recoveries                            10,000                -          5,000                -
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Balance, ending                     $610,000         $700,000       $577,929         $776,150
                                ==============================================================================================

</TABLE>


     The amount of loans serviced for others totaled $4,039,997,  $1,720,790 and
$1,204,968  as of March 31, 1999,  September  30, 1998 and  September  30, 1997,
respectively.

     The allowance for  uncollected  interest,  established  for mortgage  loans
which are delinquent for a period of 90 days or more,  amounted to $499, $13,762
and $38,542 as of March 31, 1999,  September  30, 1998 and  September  30, 1997,
respectively.  This is the entire amount of interest income that would have been
recorded in these periods under the contractual  terms of such loans.  Principal
balances of  non-performing  loans related to reserves for uncollected  interest
totaled $12,058, $230,320 and $665,408 as of March 31, 1999, September 30, 1998,
and September 30, 1997, respectively.

5. ACCRUED INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS RECEIVABLE

Accrued interest and dividends receivable consists of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>                         <C>
                                                            MARCH 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             1999              1998              1997
                                                        ----------------  ---------------  ------------------
                   Investments                                 $609,305         $583,642             $17,916
                   Loans receivable                             342,088          254,010             181,365
                   Accrued dividends on FHLB stock               23,111           17,115               7,491
                                                        ----------------  ---------------  ------------------
                                                               $974,504         $854,767            $206,772
                                                        ================  ===============  ==================

</TABLE>

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consists of the following:
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>              <C>

                                                          MARCH 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999            1998               1997
                                                       ---------------  --------------  --------------------
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                          $1,693,021      $1,311,262             $ 827,101
Leasehold improvements                                      1,243,833         526,361               520,754
                                                      ----------------  --------------  --------------------
                                                            2,936,854       1,837,623             1,347,855
Less: Allowances for depreciation
         and amortization                                   1,253,969       1,079,831             1,118,841
                                                      ----------------  --------------  --------------------
                                                           $1,682,885        $757,792             $ 229,014
                                                      ================  ==============  ====================
7. FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

Foreclosed real estate is summarized as follows:

                                                           MARCH 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             1999                1998              1997
                                                       ------------------   ---------------  -------------------
  Real estate acquired through
    settlement of loans                                       $  187,200         $  90,283           $ 201,692
                                                      ===================   ===============  ==================

     The cost of  operations  for  foreclosed  real estate in the  statements of
operations consists of the following:

                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED                       YEARS ENDED
                                                                   MARCH 31,                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999               1998              1998               1997
                                                       ----------------  ----------------- -----------------  -----------------
INCOME:
Gain on sale                                                   $     -             $    -           $     -           $ 16,143
                                                      -----------------  ----------------- -----------------  -----------------
EXPENSE:
Loss on sale                                                     3,547                  -               756                  -
Provision for (recovery of)
    loss                                                        (5,972)             5,172             5,172            205,437
Operating expenses                                              10,666             13,293            28,704             35,073
                                                      -----------------  ----------------- -----------------  -----------------
                                                                 8,241             18,465            34,632            240,510
                                                      -----------------  ----------------- -----------------  -----------------
LOSS                                                         $  (8,241)          $(18,465)         $(34,632)         $(224,367)
                                                      =================  ================= =================  =================

</TABLE>
                                      F-20

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Activity  in  the  provision  for  losses  on  foreclosed  real  estate  is
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   <S>                                                                        <C>

                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Balance at September 30, 1996                                            $    -
                                   Provision charged to expense                                            205,437
                                                                                               --------------------
                                   Balance at September 30, 1997                                           205,437
                                   Provision charged to income                                              (5,172)
                                   Charge-offs, net of recoveries                                         (178,360)
                                                                                               --------------------
                                   Balance at September 30, 1998                                            21,905
                                   Provision (recovery) charged to income                                   (5,972)
                                   Charge-offs, net of recoveries                                          (11,133)
                                                                                               --------------------
                                   Balance at March 31, 1999                                               $ 4,800
                                                                                               ====================
8. DEPOSITS

Deposits are summarized as follows:

                                  March 31, 1999
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     RANGES OF
                                                                                    CONTRACTUAL
                                                                     AMOUNT        INTEREST RATES         %
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Savings accounts                    $  925,278            3.00%               0.8
                                  NOW/Money market accounts           17,632,938     0.00 - 5.00%              15.7
                                  Certificates of deposit             89,877,365     4.50 - 6.50%              80.2
                                  Non-interest bearing
                                     demand deposits                   3,655,842            0.00%               3.3
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $112,091,423                              100.0
                                  ==================================================================================
                                  September 30, 1998
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     RANGES OF
                                                                                    CONTRACTUAL
                                                                     AMOUNT        INTEREST RATES        %
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Savings accounts                    $  702,583            3.00%           0.9
                                  NOW/Money
                                     market accounts                   6,761,000     0.00 - 5.23%           8.9
                                  Certificates of deposit             55,422,137     4.50 - 6.50%          72.6
                                  Non-interest bearing
                                     demand deposits                  13,424,817            0.00%          17.6
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     $76,310,537                         100.00
                                  ==============================================================================

</TABLE>

                                      F-21
<PAGE>


          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>                            <C>                <C>           <C>

                               September 30, 1997
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     RANGES OF
                                                                                    CONTRACTUAL
                                                                     AMOUNT        INTEREST RATES        %
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Savings accounts                        $ 678,165            3.00%           2.4
                               NOW/Money
                                  market accounts                      2,789,000     0.00 - 4.00%           9.8
                               Certificates of deposit                16,710,116     4.40 - 6.50%          58.9
                               Non-interest bearing
                                  demand deposits                      8,199,730            0.00%          28.9
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     $28,377,011                         100.00
                               =================================================================================

Certificates of deposit as of September 30, 1998 mature as follows:

                               Years ending September 30,
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               1999                                                                 $49,357,833
                               2000                                                                   5,719,139
                               2001                                                                     127,310
                               2002                                                                      26,420
                               2003                                                                     191,435
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    $55,422,137
                                                                                               =================
Interest expense on deposit accounts consists of the followings:

                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED                 YEARS ENDED
                                                                 MARCH 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999           1998            1998           1997
                                                       --------------- -------------- --------------- -------------
NOW/Money market accounts                                   $ 292,635        $ 48,810      $ 168,301      $ 102,888
Savings accounts                                               13,162          13,440         29,516         27,950
Certificates of deposit                                     2,116,976         621,787      1,965,423      1,003,986
                                                       ---------------  -------------- -------------- --------------
                                                           $2,422,773        $684,037     $2,163,240     $1,134,824
                                                       ===============  ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>

     Deposits,  including  certificates  of deposit,  with balances in excess of
$100,000  totaled  $41,156,243,  $34,515,472  and  $9,442,598 at March 31, 1999,
September 30, 1998, and September, 30, 1997, respectively.




                                      F-22
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)


9. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

         On October 30, 1997, the Company adopted a deferred  compensation plan.
Under the deferred  compensation  plan, an employee may elect to  participate by
directing that all or part of his or her  compensation be credited to a deferral
account.  The election must be made prior to the beginning of the calendar year.
The deferral  account bears interest at 6% per year. The amounts credited to the
deferral  account are payable in preferred  stock or cash at the election of the
Board of Directors on the date the Company  announces a change in control or the
date three  years from the date the  participant  elects to  participate  in the
deferred  compensation plan. At March 31, 1999 and September 30, 1998,  $500,000
was accrued as deferred compensation.

10. ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

         The Bank has $22,000,000  Credit  availability as of September 30, 1998
from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta  (FHLB),  which it uses to fund loans
originated by Greater Atlantic Mortgage  Corporation.  Any advances in excess of
$10 million are required to be  collateralized  with  eligible  securities.  The
credit availability is at the discretion of the FHLB.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  Bank's
borrowed funds:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   AT OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED      AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                             MARCH 31,                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1999             1998             1998             1997
                                                  ---------------  ----------------  -------------   ------------------
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>                <C>       <C>
FHLB Advances:
Average balance outstanding                          $13,664,500        $2,455,148     $5,358,094        $2,867,329
Maximum amount outstanding at any                      5,000,000                --     22,000,000         2,600,000
month-end during the period
Balance outstanding at end of period                   5,000,000                --     22,000,000         1,250,000
Weighted average interest rate                              4.76%             5.70%          5.34%             5.44%
during the period
Weighted average interest rate at end of period             3.98%               --           6.00%             6.55%
Reverse repurchase agreements:
Average balance outstanding                           $1,548,997         $ 993,165     $2,014,881             $  --
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end                   --         3,071,500      3,971,000                --
during the period
Balance outstanding at end of period                          --         3,066,000             --                --
Weighted average interest rate during the                   5.68%             5.64%          5.66%               --
period
Weighted average interest rate at end of period               --              5.74%            --                --

</TABLE>



     The  Bank  has  pledged  certain   investments   with  carrying  values  of
$26,573,656  at September  30, 1998,  to  collateralize  advances from the FHLB.

     First  mortgage loans in the amount of $3,102,929 are pledged as collateral
for the advances at September 30, 1998.



                                      F-23


<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

11. INCOME TAXES


The following is a summary of the income tax provision:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    <S>                                     <C>          <C>                  <C>             <C>

                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED                    YEARS ENDED
                                                                 MARCH 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999           1998              1998             1997
                                                       --------------- ----------------  -----------------  --------------
                   Current - Federal provision           $(48,000)          $170,000        $ 467,000         $     -
                   State provision                        (12,000)            42,000          119,000               -
                                                       --------------- ----------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                          (60,000)           212,000          586,000               -
                   Deferred - Federal and state           318,000                 -          (275,000)              -
                                                        ---------------  ----------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                         $258,000           $212,000        $ 311,000         $     -
                                                        ===============  ================  ===============  ==============

</TABLE>


     The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from the  amount of income tax
determined by applying the applicable U.S.  statutory federal income tax rate to
pre-tax income as a result of the following differences:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         <S>                                                <C>          <C>                  <C>             <C>
                                                       AT OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED     AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                 MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999           1998            1998            1997
                                                       --------------- -------------- ---------------- --------------
Federal tax expense (benefit)                             $231,400      $188,400       $311,000        $(191,000)
State tax expense (benefit)                                 40,800        33,200         74,000          (54,000)
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Change in the valuation allowance                                -             -         20,000          245,000
Permanent differences                                            -             -        (16,000)               -
Change in effective deferred tax rate                            -             -        (63,000)               -
Other                                                      (14,200)       (9,600)       (15,000)               -
                                                      --------------- ---------------- -------------- --------------
Income tax provision (benefit)                            $258,000      $212,000      $(311,000)           $   -
                                                       =============== ================ ============== ==============


</TABLE>

                                      F-24

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>                     <C>
                                                            MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               1999                  1998                   1997
                                                     ------------------   --------------------   -------------------
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
   Net operating loss carryforwards                          $ 656,000              $ 679,000             $ 698,000
   Allowance for loan loss                                     240,000                227,000               238,000
   Loans held for sale                                           9,000                292,000                87,000
   Core deposit intangible                                      67,000                 67,000                65,000
   Deferred loan fees                                           44,000                 43,000                43,000
   Book over tax depreciation                                   66,000                 66,000                63,000
   Post foreclosure writedown on foreclosed assets                   -                  9,000                69,000
   Compensation payable                                        196,000                196,000                     -
   Net discounts (premiums) on second trusts                    47,000                 48,000                     -
   Miscellaneous items                                          55,000                 46,000                25,000
                                                     ------------------   --------------------   -------------------
Total deferred tax assets                                    1,380,000              1,673,000             1,288,000
                                                     ------------------   --------------------   -------------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
   FHLB stock dividends                                         39,000                 39,000                38,000
   Deferred origination costs                                  114,000                 89,000                     -
                                                     ------------------   --------------------   -------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                                 153,000                128,000                38,000
                                                     ------------------   --------------------   -------------------
Net deferred tax assets                                      1,227,000              1,545,000             1,250,000
Less:  Valuation allowance                                    (548,000)              (548,000)           (1,190,000)
                                                     ------------------   --------------------   -------------------
Total                                                        $ 679,000              $ 997,000             $  60,000
                                                     ==================   ====================   ===================
</TABLE>


                                      F-25

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Management has provided a valuation  allowance for net deferred tax assets,
as they  believe  that it is more  likely  than not that the  entire  amount  of
deferred tax assets will not be realized.  During the year ended  September  30,
1998 the  Company  increased  its  deferred  tax asset by  $662,000  by reducing
goodwill  associated  with the  acquisition  of Greater  Atlantic  Savings Bank,
F.S.B.

     At September 30, 1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $1,728,000,  which are available to
offset future federal taxable income,  if any,  through 2011. As a result of the
change in ownership of the Bank, the amount of any tax loss  carryforward  usage
is restricted to an annual limitation of approximately $114,000.


     During  the six  months  ended  March 31,  1999,  the  Company's  estimated
effective  income  tax  rate is 38%,  which  was  calculated  based  on the best
information currently available.


12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in the normal  course of business to meet the  financing  needs of its customers
and to  reduce  its own  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.  These
financial  instruments include commitments to extend credit,  standby letters of
credit, and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees,
elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount  recognized in
the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect
the extent of  involvement  the Company has in  particular  classes of financial
instruments.

     The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial  instrument  for  commitments  to extend credit and
standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the
contractual  notional  amount of those  instruments.  The Company  uses the same
credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance-sheet instruments.

     At September 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate
loans  aggregating  approximately  $22,166,423.  Fixed rate  commitments  are at
market rates as of the commitment dates and generally expire within 60 days.

     In addition,  the Company was  contingently  liable under unfunded lines of
credit  for   approximately   $693,000   and  standby   letters  of  credit  for
approximately $103,000.

     Effective October 1, 1998, the Company renewed an employment agreement with
the executive in charge of its mortgage  division  which calls for a base salary
of $108,000 plus bonuses based on loan closings and net income levels.  The term
of this agreement is for one year and can be automatically extended.

     Effective  November  1,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into  a  three  year
employment agreement with the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.
The agreement can be  automatically  extended and was extended for an additional
year  effective  October 9, 1998.  The  agreement  periods  for a base salary of
$120,000 per year.



                                      F-26
<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

RENTAL COMMITMENTS

     The  Company has entered  into lease  agreements  for the rental of certain
properties  expiring on various dates through March 13, 2003. The future minimum
rental  commitments  as of September  30,  1998,  for all  noncancellable  lease
agreements, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   <S>                      <C>               <C>                     <C>
                                  YEARS ENDING                 RENTAL            SUBLEASE             NET
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,             COMMITMENTS           INCOME          COMMITMENT
                                  ---------------------- -------------------  ----------------  ------------------
                                  1999                           $  731,467          $ 23,247        $  708,220
                                  2000                              593,893                 -           593,893
                                  2001                              592,389                 -           592,389
                                  2002                              610,193                 -           610,193
                                  2003                              563,404                 -           563,404
                                  Thereafter                      1,630,063                 -         1,630,063
                                  ---------------------- -------------------  ----------------  ------------------
                                  Total                          $4,721,409           $23,247       $ 4,698,162
                                  ====================== ===================  ================  ==================
</TABLE>

     Net rent  expense  for the six months  ended  March 31,  1999 and March 31,
1998, was $409,048 and $175,876, respectively, and for the years ended September
30, 1998 and September 30, 1997 was $454,613 and $222,994, respectively.

     The  Company has  entered  into  sublease  agreements  with a tenant  which
occupies  space in the  Rockville  branch  office.  The  sublease  terms for the
Rockville branch office expire in January 1999. Rental income for the six months
ended March 31, 1999 and March 30, 1998 was $25,647 and  $39,670,  respectively,
and for the years ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997 was $79,340 and  $74,787,
respectively.

13. REGULATORY MATTERS

     The  Bank  qualifies  as  a  Tier  1  institution   and  may  make  capital
distributions  during a calendar  year up to 100% of its net income to date plus
the amount  that would  reduce by  one-half  its  surplus  capital  ratio at the
beginning  of the  calendar  year.  Any  distributions  in excess of that amount
require prior notice to the OTS, with the  opportunity  for the OTS to object to
the distribution. A Tier 1 institution is defined as an institution that has, on
a pro forma basis after the proposed  distribution,  capital equal to or greater
than the OTS fully phased-in capital  requirement and has not been deemed by the
OTS to be "in need of more  than  normal  supervision".  The  Bank is  currently
classified as a Tier 1 institution for these purposes.  The Capital Distribution
Regulation  requires that the  institution  provide the  applicable OTS District
Director  with  a  30-day  advance  written  notice  of  all  proposed   capital
distributions whether or not advance approval is required by the regulation. The
Bank  did not pay any  dividends  during  the  periods  ended  March  31,  1999,
September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997.



                                      F-27

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)



     Effective  December 19,  1992,  the  President  signed into law the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991 (FDICIA).  The "Prompt
Corrective  Action"  section of FDICIA  created  five  categories  of  financial
institutions  based on the  adequacy of their  regulatory  capital  level:  well
capitalized,    adequately    capitalized,    undercapitalized,    significantly
undercapitalized   and  critically   undercapitalized.   Under  FDICIA,  a  well
capitalized  financial  institution  is one with Tier 1 leverage  capital of 5%,
Tier 1 risk-based  capital of 6% and total  risk-based  capital of 10%. At March
31, 1999 and September 30, 1998, the Bank was  classified as a well  capitalized
financial institution.

     As part of  FDICIA,  the  minimum  capital  requirements  that  the Bank is
subject  to are as  follows:  1)  tangible  capital  equal to at  least  1.5% of
adjusted  total assets,  2) core capital equal to at least 4% of adjusted  total
assets  and 3) total  risk-based  capital  equal  to at  least 8% of  risk-based
assets.

The  following  presents  the  Bank's  capital  position  at March 31,  1999 and
September 30, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    <S>                           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
                                                  REQUIRED    REQUIRED       ACTUAL      ACTUAL
                         AT MARCH 31, 1999        BALANCE      PERCENT      BALANCE      PERCENT      SURPLUS
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Tangible                      $1,888,240       1.50%    $7,018,701       5.58%    $5,130,461
                    Core                          $5,035,306       4.00%    $7,018,701       5.58%    $1,983,395
                    Risk-based                    $2,965,625       8.00%    $7,628,701      12.86%    $4,663,076
                    ==============================================================================================
                                                  REQUIRED    REQUIRED       ACTUAL      ACTUAL
                       AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998      BALANCE      PERCENT      BALANCE      PERCENT      SURPLUS
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Tangible                      $1,602,717       1.50%    $6,277,002       5.87%    $4,674,285
                    Core                          $4,273,911       4.00%    $6,277,002       5.87%    $2,003,091
                    Risk-based                    $2,727,774       8.00%    $6,705,090      19.66%    $3,977,316
                    ==============================================================================================
</TABLE>

The following is a reconciliation of the Bank's net worth as reported to the OTS
to GAAP capital as presented in the accompanying financial statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>                <C>                <C>

                                            MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1999               1998                     1997
                                        ------------------ ------------------ ------------------------
GAAP CAPITAL                               $6,850,251         $6,384,348               $1,563,816
Less: Unrealized (gains) losses on
    available for sale securities             168,450          (107,346)                        -
                                        ------------------ ------------------ ------------------------
TANGIBLE CAPITAL                            7,018,701          6,277,002                1,563,816
CORE CAPITAL                                7,018,701          6,277,002                1,563,816
    Plus: Allowance for general loss
    reserves                                  610,000            428,088                  246,000
                                        ------------------ ------------------ ------------------------
RISK-BASED CAPITAL                         $7,628,701         $6,705,090               $1,809,816
                                        ================== ================== ========================

</TABLE>


                                      F-28


<PAGE>


          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Failure to meet any of the three  capital  requirements  after  December 7,
1989  causes  savings   institutions   to  be  subject  to  certain   regulatory
restrictions  and  limitations  including  a  limit  on  asset  growth,  and the
requirement  to  obtain  regulatory  approval  before  certain  transactions  or
activities are entered into.

     On  December  18,  1995,  a new  supervisory  agreement  became  effective,
replacing the previous written  agreement.  The new agreement required the Board
of Directors to submit a business plan and a capital plan, to establish internal
control  and audit  procedures,  as  necessary,  and to provide  for proper self
classification  of assets  and  adequate  recordkeeping.  During  the year ended
September 30, 1997 Bank  implemented a plan and submitted  quarterly  reports to
the OTS. The objectives of the plan were  successfully met during these periods.
In October 1997, the OTS removed the supervisory  agreement upon approval of the
stock purchase by the new shareholders (see Note 2).

     The FDIC  proposed,  and enacted into law on September 30, 1996, a one-time
assessment on all SAIF-insured  deposits of approximately  .67 cents per $100 of
domestic  deposits  held as of March  31,  1995.  This  one-time  assessment  is
intended  to  recapitalize  the SAIF to the  required  level of 1.25% of insured
deposits.  On November 8, 1996,  the Bank received an exemption  from paying the
special  assessment.  However,  the Bank was required to pay regular semi-annual
assessments  to the SAIF from the first  semi-annual  period of 1997 through the
second  semi-annual  period of 1999 according to the schedule of rates in effect
for SAIF  members  on June 30,  1995.  As a result  of the  stock  purchase  and
recapitalization  of the Bank  (see  Note 2),  the Bank has  elected  to pay the
assessment through a one-time payment. Accordingly, for the year ended September
30, 1998 the Bank paid approximately $83,000 for the assessment.

14. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     On  September  30,  1993,  a  group  of  individuals  acquired  49%  of the
outstanding  common stock of the Bank from the sole stockholder.  Simultaneously
with this purchase,  both the new purchasers  ("minority  stockholders") and the
existing stockholder ("majority stockholder"), exchanged their stock in the Bank
for  stock  in a  newly  formed  holding  company.  Additionally,  the  minority
stockholders purchased 362,500 shares of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock
in the amount of $1,450,000 from the Bank. Effective October 1, 1997, all shares
of preferred and common stock were purchased as part of the business combination
(see Note 2).

   Effective  November 14, 1998, the Company  established  the 1997 Stock Option
and Warrant Plan (the "Plan").  The Plan  reserves  options for 76,667 shares to
employees and warrants for 94,685 shares to stockholders.  The stock options and
warrants  vest  immediately  upon issuance and carry a maximum term of 10 years.
The exercise  price for the stock  options and warrants is the fair market value
at grant date. As of September 30, 1998, 94,685 warrants were issued.

     The following  summary  represents  the activity  under the Plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>          <C>            <C>

                                                NUMBER       EXERCISE        EXPIRATION
                                               OR SHARES      PRICE              DATE
                                               ---------     --------        ----------

At October  1, 1997                                 -
Options granted                                 16,667         $7.50          11-14-2007
                                               ---------     ---------        -----------
Balance outstanding at September 31, 1998       16,667
Options granted                                 41,667         $8.38          11-29-2008
                                                --------
Balance outstanding at March 31, 1999           58,334
                                                ========
</TABLE>

     The Company has adopted the  disclosure  only  provisions  of  Statement of
Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
Compensation" (SFAS 123"), but it continues to measure compensation cost for the
stock options using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25.
As allowable  under SFAS 123, the Company  used the  "Minimum  Value"  method to
measure  the  compensation  cost of  stock  options  granted  in 1998  with  the
following assumptions:

                                      F-29

<PAGE>


          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)



risk-free  interest  rate of  5.45%,  a  dividend  payout  rate of zero,  and an
expected option life of five years, respectively. There were no adjustments made
in calculating the fair value to account for non-transferability.

     Because  the  Company's   employee   stock  options  have   characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially  affect the fair value estimate,  in
management's  opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

   If the Company had elected to recognize  compensation cost based on the value
at the grant dates with the method prescribed by SFAS 123, net income would have
been changed to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      <S>                                          <C>                            <C>
                                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                                                  PRO
                                                         REPORTED                FORMA
                                                     ------------------   ---------------------
       Net income                                         $609,110                 $579,977
                                                     =================    =====================
       Basic and diluted earnings per share                 $  .77                   $  .74
                                                     =================    =====================

</TABLE>


     Effective  January 1, 1996 the Bank, with approval of the OTS,  executed an
employment agreement with the executive in charge of its Mortgage Division.  The
agreement  allowed the  executive the right to receive  preferred  shares if the
bank were to merge with or into another entity or became the subject of a change
in control as defined in the employment  agreement.  In accordance  with APB No.
25, the Bank did not record compensation  expense related to the preferred stock
until it  established a measurement  date. A  measurement  date was  established
effective  September 30, 1997 due to the change in control of the Bank (see Note
2). As a result,  103,284  additional  shares of preferred stock were issued and
compensation  expense of $413,136 was recorded for this  executive  for the year
ended September 30, 1997.

15. EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

       The Company  reports  earning per share in accordance  with  Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128, (SFAS 128) "Earnings Per Share".  SFAS
128 requires  two  presentations  of earning per share - "basic" and  "diluted."
Basic  earnings  per share is computed by dividing  income  available  to common
stockholders (the numerator) for the period. The computation of diluted earnings
per share is similar to basic earnings per share, except that the denominator is
increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been
outstanding if the potentially dilutive common shares had been issued.

       The numerator in  calculating  both basic and diluted  earnings per share
for  each  period  is  reported  net  income.  The  denominator  is based on the
following weighted average number of common shares.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED                     YEAR ENDED
                                                              MARCH 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1999             1998              1998            1997
                                                  -------------  -----------------  ---------------  --------------
                         <S>                        <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>
                          Basic                         817,264            780,005          787,075         330,000
                          Diluted                       819,014            780,005          787,075         330,000




</TABLE>

                                      F-30

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

16.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   The Bank  offers  loans to its  officers,  directors,  employees  and related
parties  of  such  persons  for the  financing  of  their  homes,  consumer  and
commercial  loans.  These loans are made in the ordinary course of business and,
in the  opinion of  management,  do not  involve  more than the  normal  risk of
collectibility,  or present other unfavorable  features.  Such loans are made on
the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions with
non-affiliated  persons.  The aggregate balance of loans to directors,  officers
and other  related  parties  is  $430,275,  $268,559  and  $150,000  as of March
31,1999, September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997, respectively.

17. MARKET VALUE DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The fair value  information  for financial  instruments,  which is provided
below,  is based on the  requirements  of Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 107 and does not represent the
aggregate net fair value of the Bank.

     Much of the  information  used to determine  fair value is  subjective  and
judgmental  in nature;  therefore,  fair value  estimates,  especially  for less
marketable  securities,  may vary.  The amounts  actually  realized or paid upon
settlement or maturity could be significantly different.

     The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial  instrument  for which it is  reasonable  to estimate
that value:

A.   Cash and interest-bearing deposits - Fair value is estimated to be carrying
     value.

B.   Investment  securities - Fair value is estimated using quoted market prices
     or market estimates.

C.   Loans receivable - For residential  mortgage loans, fair value is estimated
     by discounting future cash flows using the current rate for similar loans.

D.   Deposits - For passbook savings,  checking and money market accounts,  fair
     value is estimated at carrying  value.  For fixed maturity  certificates of
     deposit,  fair value is estimated by  discounting  future cash flows at the
     currently offered rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

E.   Advances from the FHLB of Atlanta and Reverse Repurchase  agreements - Fair
     value is  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows at the  currently
     offered rates for advances of similar remaining maturities.

F.   Off-Balance Sheet Instruments - The fair value of commitments is determined
     by discounting  future cash flows using the current rate for similar loans.
     Commitments  to extend credit for other types of loans and standby  letters
     of credit were  determined by discounting  future  cashflows  using current
     rates.



                                      F-31
<PAGE>


          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)


The  carrying  value  and  estimated  fair  value of  financial  instruments  is
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SEPTEMBER 30, 1998          SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                   ---------------------------- -------------------------
                                                     CARRYING      ESTIMATED     CARRYING     ESTIMATED
                                                      VALUE       FAIR VALUE       VALUE     FAIR VALUE

                                                   ------------- -------------- ------------ ------------
                          <S>                         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
                          Assets:
                          Cash and interest-
                              bearing deposits         $ 433,218     $ 433,218     $240,035    $ 240,035
                          Investment
                              securities              51,171,435    51,171,435    1,004,836    1,004,836
                          Loans receivable            50,831,410    51,716,537   28,800,901   28,892,603
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Liabilities:
                              Deposits                76,310,537    76,612,024   28,377,011   28,391,647
                              Borrowings              22,000,000    22,010,000    1,250,000    1,250,000
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Off-balance sheet
                              Instruments:
                              Commitments to
                                  extend credit                -       882,000            -      782,000
                          Loans in process                     -        19,000            -            -
                          ================================================================================

</TABLE>

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The Company  operates a 401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan covering all full-time
employees meeting the minimum age and service requirements. Contributions to the
Profit  Sharing Plan are at the  discretion of the Company.  The Company made no
contributions  for the six months  ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,  and the years
ended September 30, 1998 and 1997.

19. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>           <C>              <C>


                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEAR ENDED
                                                             MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1999            1998           1998            1997
                                                   ---------------   ------------  --------------  --------------
Cash paid during period for
    interest on deposits and borrowings             $1,146,444       $249,898      $2,429,000       $1,306,800
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer of loans for foreclosed assets             $        -       $      -      $   89,000       $  451,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



</TABLE>
                                      F-32

<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Following is a reconciliation  of goodwill recorded in conjunction with the
acquisition discussed in Note 2:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          <S>                                                                   <C>

                                                                                YEAR ENDED
         ACQUISITION                                                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                      -------------------------------
         Total cash paid for acquisition                                          $2,367,000
         Fair market value of assets acquired                                      1,667,000
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Goodwill, October 1, 1997                                                   700,000
         Amortization                                                                (19,000)
         Other                                                                       (19,000)
         Reduction from recording deferred tax  asset                               (662,000)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Goodwill, September 30, 1998                                                $    -
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

20. RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS


     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of a Business
Enterprise ("SFAS 131"). SFAS 131 establishes  standards for the way that public
enterprises  report  information  about operating  segments in interim financial
statements issued to the public.  It also establishes  standards for disclosures
regarding products and services,  geographic areas and major customers. SFAS 131
defines  operating  segments as components of an enterprise about which separate
financial  information is available and that is evaluated regularly by the chief
operating  decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance.  The Company  will be required to adopt SFAS 131 by  September  30,
1999 and expects to disclose two operating  segments  which include the Bank and
the mortgage operations.

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments"
("SFAS  133").  SFAS 133  establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards for
derivative  instruments  and for hedging  activities.  SFAS 133 requires that an
entity  recognize all  derivatives as either assets or  liabilities  and measure
those instruments at fair market value. Under certain  circumstances,  a portion
of the derivative's  gain or loss is initially  reported as a component of other
comprehensive  income  and  subsequently   reclassified  into  income  when  the
transaction  affects  earnings.  For a derivative  not  designated  as a hedging
instrument,  the gain or loss is  recognized  in income in the period of change.
The Company  will be  required to adopt SFAS 133 by October 1, 2000.  Presently,
the Company does not use derivative  instruments either in hedging activities or
as investments. Accordingly, the Company believes that adoption of SFAS 133 will
have no material impact on its financial position or results of operation.

     In October 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 134,  "Accounting  for Mortgage  Backed
Securities  Retained After the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held For Sale By
A Mortgage Banking Enterprise" ("SFAS 134"). SFAS 134 establishes accounting and
reporting  standards for certain activities of mortgage banking  enterprises and
other enterprises that conduct operations that are substantially  similar to the
primary  operations of a mortgage banking  enterprise.  This statement  requires
that after the securitization of mortgage loans held for sale, an entity engaged
in mortgage banking activities classify the resulting mortgage-backed securities
or other  retained  interests  based on its  ability  and intent to sell or hold
those  investments.  The  Company  will be required to adopt SFAS 134 during the
quarter  ended  December  31,1999.  Presently,  the Company's  mortgage  banking
company  does not  securitize  mortgage  loans held for sale.  Accordingly,  the
Company  believes that adoption of SFAS 134 will have no material  impact on its
financial position or results of operations.



                                      F-33


<PAGE>

          GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND FOR
                    THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     Effective  January 28, 1999, the Company's  Board of Directors  amended its
     articles of  incorporation  to increase the number of authorized  shares of
     common and preferred stock from 5,000,000 and 1,000,000,  respectively,  to
     10,000,000 and 2,500,000, respectively.

     Effective April 12, 1999, the Company's  Board of Directors  authorized and
     the  stockholders  approved  a  two  for  three  reverse  stock  split  for
     stockholders of record on April 8, 1999. All references in the consolidated
     financial  statements  to the number of  authorized  shares,  the  weighted
     average number of shares, and the calculation of basic and diluted earnings
     per share have been adjusted to reflect the split.





                                    F-34
<PAGE>


         You should rely only on the information  contained in this  prospectus.
Neither Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. nor the bank has authorized  anyone to
provide you with different  information.  This prospectus does not constitute an
offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered
by this  prospectus  to any person or in any  jurisdiction  in which an offer or
solicitation  is not  authorized  or in  which  the  person  making  an offer or
solicitation  is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful
to make an offer or solicitation in those jurisdictions. Neither the delivery of
this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances  imply that
there has been no change in the affairs of Greater  Atlantic  Financial Corp. or
the bank since any of the dates as of which  information  is  furnished  in this
prospectus or since the date printed below.



                   [Logo for Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.]







                        2,000,000 Shares of Common Stock


                                ------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                               ------------------




                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                  INCORPORATED



                               ____________, 1999







<PAGE>






PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

In  accordance  with the General and Business  Corporations  Law of the State of
Delaware  (being Chapter 1 of Title 8 of the Delaware  Statutes),  Article 10 of
the Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation provides as follows:

                                     TENTH:
                                     ------

          A. Each person who was or is made a party or is  threatened to be made
     a party to or is  otherwise  involved  in any action,  suit or  proceeding,
     whether civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative  (hereinafter a
     "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or
     an Officer of the  Corporation  or is or was  serving at the request of the
     Corporation  as  a  Director,   Officer,   employee  or  agent  of  another
     corporation or of a partnership,  joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
     including  service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an
     "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an
     official capacity as a Director, Officer, employee or agent or in any other
     capacity while serving as a Director,  Officer, employee or agent, shall be
     indemnified  and held  harmless by the  Corporation  to the fullest  extent
     authorized by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law, as the same exists or
     may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such  amendment,  only to
     the extent that such amendment  permits the  Corporation to provide broader
     indemnification  rights than such law permitted the  Corporation to provide
     prior  to  such  amendment),   against  all  expense,  liability  and  loss
     (including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,  fines,  ERISA  excise  taxes  or
     penalties and amounts paid in settlement)  reasonably  incurred or suffered
     by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except
     as  provided  in Section C hereof with  respect to  proceedings  to enforce
     rights  to  indemnification,  the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any  such
     indemnitee in connection  with a proceeding (or part thereof)  initiated by
     such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by
     the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         B. The right to indemnification  conferred in Section A of this Article
     TENTH shall  include the right to be paid by the  Corporation  the expenses
     incurred  in  defending  any  such  proceeding  in  advance  of  its  final
     disposition (hereinafter and "advancement of expenses"); provided, however,
     that, if the Delaware General  Corporation Law requires,  an advancement of
     expenses  incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a Director or
     Officer (and not in any other  capacity in which service was or is rendered
     by such indemnitee,  including, without limitation, services to an employee
     benefit  plan) shall be made only upon  delivery to the  Corporation  of an
     undertaking  (hereinafter  an  "undertaking"),  by or  on  behalf  of  such
     indemnitee,  to repay all  amounts so advanced  if it shall  ultimately  be
     determined by final judicial  decision from which there is no further right
     to appeal (hereinafter a "final  adjudication") that such indemnitee is not
     entitled  to be  indemnified  for  such  expenses  under  this  Section  or
     otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
     conferred  in  Sections A and B of this  Article  TENTH  shall be  contract
     rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to
     be a Director, Officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of
     the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators.

         C. If a claim under Section A or B of this Article TENTH is not paid in
     full by the  Corporation  within sixty days after a written  claim has been
     received  by  the  Corporation,  except  in  the  case  of a  claim  for an
     advancement  of  expenses,  in which case the  applicable  period  shall be
     twenty days, the indemnitee may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against
     the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in
     whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the  Corporation
     to  recover  an  advancement  of  expenses  pursuant  to  the  terms  of an
     undertaking,  the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses
     of  prosecuting  or  defending  such suit.  In (i) any suit  brought by the
     indemnitee to enforce a right to  indemnification  hereunder  (but not in a
     suit  brought by the  indemnitee  to enforce a right to an  advancement  of
     expenses)  it  shall  be a  defense  that,  and  (ii)  in any  suit  by the
     Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses  pursuant to the terms of
     an undertaking the  Corporation  shall be entitled to recover such expenses
     upon a final  adjudication  that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable
     standard for  indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation
     Law.  Neither  the  failure  of the  Corporation  (including  its  Board of
     Directors,  independent legal counsel,  or its stockholders) to have made a
     determination prior to the


<PAGE>



     commencement of such suit that  indemnification of the indemnitee is proper
     in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard
     of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual
     determination  by  the  Corporation  (including  its  Board  of  Directors,
     independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not
     met such applicable  standard of conduct,  shall create a presumption  that
     the indemnitee  has not met the  applicable  standard of conduct or, in the
     case of such a suit brought by the  indemnitee,  be a defense to such suit.
     In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification
     or to an  advancement  of  expenses  hereunder,  or by the  Corporation  to
     recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking,
     the  burden  of  proving  that  the   indemnitee  is  not  entitled  to  be
     indemnified,  or to such advancement of expenses,  under this Article TENTH
     or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

         D. The rights to  indemnification  and to the  advancement  of expenses
     conferred in this  Article  TENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right
     which any person  may have or  hereafter  acquire  under any  statute,  the
     Corporation's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  Bylaws,  agreement,  vote of
     stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

         E. The Corporation may maintain  insurance,  at its expense, to protect
     itself and any Director,  Officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation or
     subsidiary or Affiliate or another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
     trust or other enterprise  against any expense,  liability or loss, whether
     or not the  Corporation  would  have the  power to  indemnify  such  person
     against  such  expense,  liability  or  loss  under  the  Delaware  General
     Corporation Law.

         F. The Corporation  may, to the extent  authorized from time to time by
     the  Board  of  Directors,  grant  rights  to  indemnification  and  to the
     advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the  Corporation to the
     fullest  extent of the provisions of this Article TENTH with respect to the
     indemnification  and  advancement  of expenses of Directors and Officers of
     the Corporation.



<PAGE>


ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                                               <C>
     Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........................................      $   6,300
     NASD filing fee.............................................................................          3,000
     Nasdaq National Market Listing fee..........................................................         90,000
     Printing expenses...........................................................................        105,000
     Accounting fees and expenses................................................................         75,000
     Legal fees and expenses.....................................................................        200,000
     Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualifications under state securities laws.....         10,000
     Financial advisor fee.......................................................................         50,000
     Transfer agent's fees and expenses..........................................................         10,000
     Miscellaneous, postage, mailing, delivery, etc..............................................         75,700
                                                                                                     -----------
     TOTAL        ...............................................................................      $ 625,000
                                                                                                       =========
</TABLE>

ITEM 26.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.


         On  July  10,  1997,  eight  investors   capitalized  Greater  Atlantic
Financial Corp.  through the purchase of 1,150,000  shares of (766,667 shares as
adjusted  for the  reverse  stock  split) the common  stock of Greater  Atlantic
Financial Corp. at a price of $5.00 per share. Each of the eight investors is an
"accredited  investor"  as that  term is used in Rule 501  (a)(5).  There was no
underwriter and the shares were sold for cash and were not offered publicly. The
shares  were  offered  only to the eight  investors  who  purchased  the shares.
Exemption is claimed under Rule 506(b).

          On November 3, 1997, a single investor who is an "accredited investor"
as that term is used in Rule 501 (a)(5)  purchased  20,000 shares (13,333 shares
as adjusted for the reverse  stock  split) of common  stock of Greater  Atlantic
Financial Corp. at a price of $5.00 per share.  There was no underwriter and the
shares were sold for cash and were not offered publicly. The shares were offered

only to the single investor who purchased the shares. Exemption is claimed under
Rule 506(b).

         On May 29, 1998, a single  investor who is an "accredited  investor" as
that  term is used in  Rule  501  (a)(5)  and a  director  of  Greater  Atlantic
Financial  Corp.  purchased  20,000  shares  (13,333  shares as adjusted for the
reverse stock split) of common stock of Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp. at a
price of $5.00 per share.  There was no underwriter and the shares were sold for
cash and were not offered  publicly.  The shares were offered only to the single
investor who purchased the shares. Exemption is claimed under Rule 506(b).

         On June 19,  1998,  a director  of  Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp.
purchased  200 shares (134 shares as adjusted  for the reverse  stock  split) of
common stock of Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. at a price of $5.00 per share.
There was no underwriter  and the shares were sold for cash and were not offered
publicly. The shares were offered only to the director who purchased the shares.
Exemption is claimed under Rule 506(b).

          On August 17, 1998, a single investor who is an "accredited  investor"
as that term is used in Rule 501 (a)(5)  purchased  30,000 shares (20,000 shares
adjusted  for the  reverse  stock  split) of common  stock of  Greater  Atlantic
Financial Corp. at a price of $5.00 per share.  There was no underwriter and the
shares were sold for cash and were not offered publicly. The shares were offered
only to the single investor who purchased the shares. Exemption is claimed under
Rule 506(b).

         On January 14,  1999,  two  investors,  each of whom is an  "accredited
investor"  as that term is used in Rule 501 (a)(5)  purchased  4,480  shares and
8,961 shares (for an aggregate of 8,961 shares as adjusted for the reverse stock
split) of common stock of Greater  Atlantic  Financial Corp. at a price of $5.58
per share.  There was no underwriter  and the shares were sold for cash and were
not offered  publicly.  The shares were  offered only to the two  investors  who
purchased the shares. Exemption is claimed under Rule 506(b).



<PAGE>



ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS.

The exhibits filed as a part of this Registration Statement are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>      <C>

(a)      List of Exhibits (filed herewith unless otherwise noted)

 1.1     Engagement Letter between Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
         Incorporated*

 1.2     Form of Underwriting Agreement*

 3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. and amendment thereto*
 3.2     Bylaws of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.*
 4.0     Specimen Stock Certificate of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.*
 5.0     Opinion of Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP re: legality
10.1     Employment Agreement with Carroll E. Amos*
10.2     Employment Agreement of T. Mark Stamm with Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation*
10.3     Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan*
10.4     Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. 1997 Stock Option and Warrant Plan*
11.0     Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings*
21.0     Subsidiaries of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.*
23.1     Consent of Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP
23.2     Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
23.3     Consent of Person Chosen to be Director
24.1     Powers of Attorney*
27.0     Financial Data Schedule*
</TABLE>

* Previously Filed



<PAGE>



ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS.

(1)     Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. will provide to the underwriter at the
        closing  specified in the  underwriting  agreement  certificates in such
        denominations   and   registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
        underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2)     (a)       Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the
                  Securities  Act  of  1933  (the  "Act")  may be  permitted  to
                  directors,   officers  and  controlling   persons  of  Greater
                  Atlantic Financial Corp. pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
                  or  otherwise,  Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp.  has  been
                  advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission  such  indemnification  is against public policy as
                  expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

        (b)       In the event  that a claim for  indemnification  against  such
                  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  Greater  Atlantic
                  Financial  Corp.  of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,
                  officer or controlling  person of Greater  Atlantic  Financial
                  Corp.  in the  successful  defense  of  any  action,  suit  or
                  proceeding)   is  asserted  by  such   director,   officer  or
                  controlling  person in connection  with the  securities  being
                  registered,  Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. will, unless in
                  the  opinion of its  counsel  the  matter has been  settled by
                  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
                  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it
                  is against  public  policy as expressed in the Act and will be
                  governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3)     The Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. will:

        (a)       For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat
                  the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as
                  part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A
                  and  contained  in a form of  prospectus  filed  by the  small
                  business issuer under Rule  424(b)(1),  or (4) or 497(h) under
                  the Securities Act (ss.ss.230.424(b)(1), (4) or 230.497(h)) as
                  part  of  this  Registration  Statement  as of  the  time  the
                  Commission declared it effective.

        (b)       For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat
                  each   post-effective   amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
                  prospectus as a new registration  statement for the securities
                  offered in the  registration  statement,  and that offering of
                  the  securities at that time as the initial bona fide offering
                  of those securities.



<PAGE>


CONFORMED

                                   SIGNATURES


         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  of filing on Form SB-2 and  authorized  this  Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in Reston, Virginia, on
June 2, 1999.


Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.


By:      /s/ Carroll E. Amos
         ----------------------------------
         Carroll E. Amos
         President, Chief Executive Officer
         and Director
         (duly authorized representative)



         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities and
on the dates stated.

<TABLE>

      Name                                     Title                                          Date
      ----                                     -----                                          ----



<S>                                            <C>                                     <C>
/s/ Carroll E. Amos                            President, Chief Executive
- -------------------
Carroll E. Amos                                Officer and Director                     June 2, 1999
                                               (principal executive
                                               officer)


/s/ David E. Ritter                            Chief Financial Officer                  June 2, 1999
- --------------------                           (principal accounting and
David E. Ritter                                financial officer)


       *                                       Director and Chairman
- --------------------                           of the Board of Directors
William Calomiris                              Director
       *
- --------------------
Paul J. Cinquegrana

       *                                       Director
- --------------------
Jeffrey M. Gitelman

       *                                       Director
- --------------------
Lynnette Dobbins Taylor

       *                                       Director
- --------------------
James B. Vito
</TABLE>



- ---------
* Pursuant to a Power of Attorney  dated April 7, 1999 and filed as Exhibit 24.1
to the Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 of Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp.
on April 13, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>                                     <C>

/s/ Carroll E. Amos                            President, Chief Executive               June 2, 1999
- -------------------                            Officer and Director
Carroll E. Amos

</TABLE>




<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF EXHIBITS (FILED HEREWITH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

The exhibits filed as a part of this Registration Statement are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
(a)      List of Exhibits (filed herewith unless otherwise noted)


 1.1     Engagement Letter between Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
         Incorporated*

 1.2     Form of Underwriting Agreement*

 3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. and amendment thereto*
 3.2     Bylaws of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.*
 4.0     Specimen Stock Certificate of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.*
 5.0     Opinion of Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP re: legality

10.1     Employment Agreement with Carroll E. Amos*

10.2     Employment Agreement of T. Mark Stamm with Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation*
10.3     Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan*
10.4     Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. 1997 Stock Option and Warrant Plan*
11.0     Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings*
21.0     Subsidiaries of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.*
23.1     Consent of Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP
23.2     Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
23.3     Consent of Person Chosen to be Director
24.1     Powers of Attorney*
27.0     Financial Data Schedule*

* Previously Filed

</TABLE>





                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.0


              [Letterhead of Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP]

                                  June 2, 1999


Board of Directors
Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.
10700 Parkridge Boulevard
Reston, Virginia  20191

                  Re:      The offering of 2,000,000 shares of
                           Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. Common Stock
                           ---------------------------------------------
Ladies and Gentlemen:

         You have requested our opinion  concerning  certain matters of Delaware
law in  connection  with the  offering  (the  "Offering")  by  Greater  Atlantic
Financial Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  of 2,000,000 shares of
its common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock").

         In connection  with your request for our opinion,  you have provided to
us and we have reviewed the Company's  certificate of  incorporation  filed with
the  Secretary  of State of  Delaware  on June 2,  1997,  (the  "Certificate  of
Incorporation"),  as amended on April 6 and 13, 1999; the Company's Bylaws;  the
Company's  Registration Statement on Form SB-2, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission initially on April 13, 1999, (the "Registration Statement");
resolutions  of the Board of Directors of the Company (the  "Board")  concerning
the  organization of the Company,  the Offering and the designation of a Pricing
Committee of the Board, and the form of stock certificate  approved by the Board
to represent  shares of Common Stock.  We have also been furnished a certificate
of the Secretary of State  certifying  the Company's good standing as a Delaware
corporation.  Capitalized  terms used but not  defined  herein  have the meaning
given them in the Certificate of Incorporation.

         Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and limited in all respects to
matters of Delaware law, it is our opinion that:

         Upon the due adoption by the Pricing  Committee of a resolution  fixing
the price of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in the  Offering,  the Common
Stock to be issued in the Offering will be duly authorized and, when such shares
are sold and paid for in accordance  with the terms set forth in the  Prospectus
and in the  resolution of the Pricing  Committee and  certificates  representing
such shares substantially in the form provided to us and included as Exhibit 4.0
to the Registration  Statement,  are duly and properly  issued,  will be validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

          The following  provisions of the Articles of Incorporation  may not be
given effect by a court

<PAGE>


Board of Directors
June 2, 1999
Page 2

applying  Delaware law, but, in our opinion,  the failure to give effect to such
provisions will not affect the duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable status of the Common Stock:

                  1.       (a)         Section D of Article EIGHTH, which grants
                                       to the Board the  authority  to  construe
                                       and apply the  provisions of that Article
                                       to the  extent,  if  any,  that  a  court
                                       applying  Delaware  law  were  to  impose
                                       equitable     limitations    upon    such
                                       authority; and

                           (b)         Article NINTH,  which grants to the Board
                                       authority  to consider  the effect of any
                                       offer   to   acquire   the   Company   on
                                       constituencies other than stockholders in
                                       evaluating any such offer.

                                                  Very truly yours,

                                                  MULDOON, MURPHY & FAUCETTE LLP
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             /s/  Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP







                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                                     CONSENT

         We hereby  consent to the  references  to this firm and our opinions in
the  Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to the  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2
filed  by  Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  and all
amendments thereto, relating to the offering of the Company's common stock.



                                                  MULDOON, MURPHY & FAUCETTE LLP
                                                  ------------------------------
                                              /s/ Muldoon, Murphy & Faucette LLP




Dated this 2nd day of
June, 1999



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.
Washington, D.C.

We  hereby  consent  to the use in the  Prospectus  constituting  a part of this
Registration  Statement of our report dated  December 10, 1998,  except for Note
21, the date of which is April 12, 1999, relating to the consolidated  financial
statements  of Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp.,  which is  contained in that
Prospectus.

We also  consent  to the  reference  to us under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Prospectus.



                                                                BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
                                                            --------------------
Washington, D.C.                                            /s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
June 2, 1999




                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

                                     CONSENT


          I hereby  consent  to be  named  as a  director  of  Greater  Atlantic
Financial Corp. and Greater  Atlantic Bank in  Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to
the  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 filed by Greater  Atlantic  Financial
Corp, Inc. on June 2, 1999.


                                                     /s/ Jeffrey W. Ochsman
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Jeffrey W. Ochsman




Dated this 2nd day of
June, 1999




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission